House
Study
Bill
193
-
Introduced
HOUSE
FILE
_____
BY
(PROPOSED
COMMITTEE
ON
JUDICIARY
BILL
BY
CHAIRPERSON
BALTIMORE)
A
BILL
FOR
An
Act
relating
to
statutory
corrections
which
may
adjust
1
language
to
reflect
current
practices,
insert
earlier
2
omissions,
delete
redundancies
and
inaccuracies,
delete
3
temporary
language,
resolve
inconsistencies
and
conflicts,
4
update
ongoing
provisions,
or
remove
ambiguities.
5
BE
IT
ENACTED
BY
THE
GENERAL
ASSEMBLY
OF
THE
STATE
OF
IOWA:
6
TLSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
H.F.
_____
DIVISION
I
1
MISCELLANEOUS
CHANGES
2
Section
1.
Section
3.4,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
3
follows:
4
3.4
Bills
——
approval
——
passage
over
veto.
5
1.
If
the
governor
approves
a
bill,
the
governor
shall
6
sign
and
date
it;
if
the
governor
returns
it
the
bill
with
7
objections
and
it
afterwards
passes
as
provided
in
the
8
Constitution,
a
certificate,
signed
by
the
presiding
officer
of
9
each
house
in
the
following
form,
shall
be
endorsed
thereon
on
10
or
attached
thereto
to
the
bill
:
11
“This
This
bill
(or
this
item
of
an
appropriation
bill,
as
12
the
case
may
be),
having
been
returned
by
the
governor,
with
13
objections,
to
the
house
in
which
it
originated,
and,
after
14
reconsideration,
having
again
passed
both
houses
by
yeas
and
15
nays
by
a
vote
of
two-thirds
of
the
members
of
each
house,
has
16
become
a
law
this
...
day
of
........
”
.
17
2.
An
“appropriation
bill”
means
a
bill
which
has
as
its
18
primary
purpose
the
making
of
appropriations
of
money
from
the
19
public
treasury.
20
Sec.
2.
Section
8A.402,
subsection
2,
paragraph
g,
21
subparagraph
(1),
subparagraph
division
(c),
Code
2013,
is
22
amended
to
read
as
follows:
23
(c)
In
this
paragraph
“g”
,
executive
branch
agencies,
except
24
the
department
of
public
safety,
shall
not
grant
a
supervisory
25
employee
with
the
right
to
replace
or
bump
a
junior
employee
26
not
being
laid
off
for
a
position
for
which
the
supervisory
27
employee
is
qualified.
28
Sec.
3.
Section
9I.12,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
29
follows:
30
9I.12
Penalty
——
failure
to
timely
file.
31
A
civil
penalty
of
not
more
than
two
thousand
dollars
shall
32
be
imposed,
for
each
offense,
upon
a
nonresident
alien,
foreign
33
business
or
foreign
government,
or
an
agent,
trustee
or
other
34
fiduciary
thereof,
who
fails
to
timely
file
the
registration
as
35
-1-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
1/
163
H.F.
_____
required
by
section
9I.7
,
or
who
fails
to
timely
file
a
report
1
required
by
section
9I.8
shall,
for
each
offense,
be
punished
2
by
a
fine
of
not
more
than
two
thousand
dollars
.
3
Sec.
4.
Section
10B.4,
subsection
2,
paragraph
g,
Code
2013,
4
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
5
g.
If
the
reporting
entity
is
a
life
science
enterprise,
as
6
provided
in
chapter
10C
,
Code
2011,
as
that
chapter
exists
on
7
or
before
June
30,
2005,
the
total
amount
of
commercial
sale
8
of
life
science
products
and
products
other
than
life
science
9
products
which
are
produced
from
the
agricultural
land
held
by
10
the
life
science
enterprise.
11
Sec.
5.
Section
11.41,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
12
to
read
as
follows:
13
1.
The
auditor
of
state,
when
conducting
any
audit
or
14
review
examination
required
or
permitted
by
this
chapter
,
15
shall
at
all
times
have
access
to
all
information,
records,
16
instrumentalities,
and
properties
used
in
the
performance
of
17
the
audited
or
reviewed
examined
entities’
statutory
duties
18
or
contractual
responsibilities.
All
audited
or
reviewed
19
examined
entities
shall
cooperate
with
the
auditor
of
state
in
20
the
performance
of
the
audit
or
review
examination
and
make
21
available
the
information,
records,
instrumentalities,
and
22
properties
upon
the
request
of
the
auditor
of
state.
23
Sec.
6.
Section
15.330,
subsection
9,
Code
2013,
is
amended
24
to
read
as
follows:
25
9.
A
report
submitted
to
the
authority
by
a
business
26
together
with
its
application
describing
all
violations
of
27
environmental
law
or
worker
safety
law
within
the
last
five
28
years.
If,
upon
review
of
the
application,
the
authority
29
finds
that
a
the
business
has
a
record
of
violations
of
the
30
law,
statutes,
rules,
or
regulations
that
tends
to
show
a
31
consistent
pattern,
the
authority
shall
not
provide
incentives
32
or
assistance
to
the
business
unless
the
authority
finds
either
33
that
the
violations
did
not
seriously
affect
public
health,
34
public
safety,
or
the
environment,
or,
if
such
violations
35
-2-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
2/
163
H.F.
_____
did
seriously
affect
public
health,
public
safety,
or
the
1
environment,
that
mitigating
circumstances
were
present.
2
Sec.
7.
NEW
SECTION
.
15.410
Definitions.
3
As
used
in
this
part,
unless
the
context
otherwise
requires:
4
1.
“Innovative
business”
means
the
same
as
defined
in
5
section
15E.52.
6
2.
“Internship”
means
temporary
employment
of
a
student
that
7
focuses
on
providing
the
student
with
work
experience
in
the
8
student’s
field
of
study.
9
Sec.
8.
Section
15.411,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
10
by
striking
the
subsection.
11
Sec.
9.
Section
15E.232,
subsection
1,
paragraph
a,
Code
12
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
13
a.
The
ability
to
provide
matching
moneys
on
a
basis
of
14
a
one
dollar
contribution
of
local
matching
moneys
for
every
15
two
dollars
received
from
the
economic
development
a
fund
16
established
pursuant
to
section
15.335B
.
17
Sec.
10.
Section
15E.232,
subsections
3
and
4,
Code
2013,
18
are
amended
to
read
as
follows:
19
3.
An
economic
development
region
may
apply
for
financial
20
assistance
from
a
fund
established
pursuant
to
section
15.335B
21
to
assist
an
existing
business
threatened
with
closure
due
to
22
a
potential
consolidation
to
an
out-of-state
location.
The
23
economic
development
region
may
apply
for
financial
assistance
24
from
the
economic
development
a
fund
established
pursuant
to
25
section
15.335B
for
the
purchase,
rehabilitation,
or
marketing
26
of
a
building
that
has
become
available
due
to
the
closing
of
27
an
existing
business
due
to
a
consolidation
to
an
out-of-state
28
location.
In
order
to
receive
financial
assistance
under
this
29
subsection
,
an
economic
development
region
must
demonstrate
the
30
ability
to
provide
local
matching
moneys
on
a
basis
of
a
one
31
dollar
contribution
of
local
moneys
for
every
three
dollars
32
received
from
the
economic
development
a
fund
established
33
pursuant
to
section
15.335B
.
34
4.
An
economic
development
region
may
apply
for
financial
35
-3-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
3/
163
H.F.
_____
assistance
from
a
fund
established
pursuant
to
section
15.335B
1
to
establish
and
operate
an
entrepreneurial
initiative.
In
2
order
to
receive
financial
assistance
under
this
subsection
,
3
an
economic
development
region
must
demonstrate
the
ability
4
to
provide
local
matching
moneys
on
a
basis
of
a
one
dollar
5
contribution
of
local
moneys
for
every
two
dollars
received
6
from
the
economic
development
a
fund
established
pursuant
to
7
section
15.335B
.
8
Sec.
11.
Section
15E.232,
subsection
5,
paragraph
b,
Code
9
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
10
b.
In
order
to
receive
financial
assistance
under
this
11
subsection
,
an
economic
development
region
must
demonstrate
12
the
ability
to
provide
local
matching
moneys
on
a
basis
of
a
13
one
dollar
contribution
of
local
moneys
for
every
two
dollars
14
received
from
the
economic
development
a
fund
established
15
pursuant
to
section
15.335B
.
16
Sec.
12.
Section
15E.233,
subsection
2,
paragraph
a,
17
unnumbered
paragraph
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
18
follows:
19
An
approved
economic
enterprise
area
may
apply
to
the
20
authority
for
financial
assistance
from
the
economic
21
development
a
fund
established
pursuant
to
15.335B
for
up
to
22
seventy-five
thousand
dollars
each
fiscal
year
during
the
23
fiscal
period
beginning
July
1,
2005,
and
ending
June
30,
2015,
24
for
any
of
the
following
purposes:
25
Sec.
13.
Section
15E.233,
subsection
2,
paragraph
b,
Code
26
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
27
b.
In
order
to
receive
financial
assistance
under
this
28
subsection
,
an
economic
enterprise
area
must
demonstrate
the
29
ability
to
provide
local
matching
moneys
on
a
basis
of
a
one
30
dollar
contribution
of
local
moneys
for
every
three
dollars
31
received
from
the
economic
development
a
fund
established
32
pursuant
to
section
15.335B
.
33
Sec.
14.
Section
16.195,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
34
follows:
35
-4-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
4/
163
H.F.
_____
16.195
Iowa
jobs
and
Iowa
jobs
II
program
application
review.
1
1.
Applications
for
assistance
under
the
Iowa
jobs
program
2
and
Iowa
jobs
II
program
shall
be
submitted
to
the
Iowa
finance
3
authority.
The
authority
shall
provide
a
staff
review
and
4
evaluation
of
applications
to
the
Iowa
jobs
program
review
5
committee
referred
to
in
subsection
2
and
to
the
Iowa
jobs
6
board.
7
2.
A
review
committee
composed
of
members
of
the
board
8
as
determined
by
the
board
shall
review
Iowa
jobs
and
Iowa
9
jobs
II
program
applications
submitted
to
the
board
and
make
10
recommendations
regarding
the
applications
to
the
board.
11
When
reviewing
the
applications,
the
review
committee
and
12
the
authority
shall
consider
the
project
criteria
specified
13
in
sections
16.194
and
16.194A
.
The
board
shall
develop
the
14
appropriate
level
of
transparency
regarding
project
fund
15
allocations.
16
3.
Upon
approval
of
an
application
for
financial
assistance
17
under
the
program
programs
,
the
board
shall
notify
the
18
treasurer
of
state
regarding
the
amount
of
moneys
needed
to
19
satisfy
the
award
of
financial
assistance
and
the
terms
of
the
20
award.
The
treasurer
of
state
shall
notify
the
Iowa
finance
21
authority
any
time
moneys
are
disbursed
to
a
recipient
of
22
financial
assistance
under
the
program
programs
.
23
Sec.
15.
Section
17A.7,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
24
to
read
as
follows:
25
2.
Beginning
July
1,
2012,
over
each
five-year
period
of
26
time,
an
agency
shall
conduct
an
ongoing
and
comprehensive
27
review
of
all
of
the
agency’s
rules.
The
goal
of
the
review
is
28
the
identification
and
elimination
of
all
rules
of
the
agency
29
that
are
outdated,
redundant,
or
inconsistent
or
incompatible
30
with
statute
or
its
own
rules
or
those
of
other
agencies.
31
An
agency
shall
commence
its
review
by
developing
a
plan
of
32
review
in
consultation
with
major
stakeholders
and
constituent
33
groups.
When
the
agency
completes
its
the
five-year
review
of
34
its
the
agency’s
own
rules,
the
agency
shall
provide
a
summary
35
-5-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
5/
163
H.F.
_____
of
the
results
to
the
administrative
rules
coordinator
and
the
1
administrative
rules
review
committee.
2
Sec.
16.
Section
26.3,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
3
to
read
as
follows:
4
1.
If
the
estimated
total
cost
of
a
public
improvement
5
exceeds
the
competitive
bid
threshold
of
one
hundred
thousand
6
dollars,
or
the
adjusted
competitive
bid
threshold
established
7
in
section
314.1B
,
the
governmental
entity
shall
advertise
8
for
sealed
bids
for
the
proposed
public
improvement
by
9
publishing
a
notice
to
bidders.
The
notice
to
bidders
shall
10
be
published
at
least
once,
not
less
than
four
and
not
more
11
than
forty-five
days
before
the
date
for
filing
bids,
in
a
12
newspaper
published
at
least
once
weekly
and
having
general
13
circulation
in
the
geographic
area
served
by
the
governmental
14
entity.
Additionally,
the
governmental
entity
may
publish
15
a
notice
in
a
relevant
contractor
organization
publication
16
and
a
relevant
contractor
plan
room
service
with
statewide
17
circulation,
provided
that
a
notice
is
posted
on
a
website
an
18
internet
site
sponsored
by
either
a
governmental
entity
or
a
19
statewide
association
that
represents
the
governmental
entity.
20
Sec.
17.
Section
28D.4,
subsection
4,
Code
2013,
is
amended
21
to
read
as
follows:
22
4.
Any
employee
who
participates
in
an
exchange
under
the
23
terms
of
this
section
who
suffers
disability
or
death
as
a
24
result
of
personal
injury
arising
out
of
and
in
the
course
25
of
an
exchange,
or
sustained
in
performance
of
duties
in
26
connection
therewith,
shall
be
treated,
for
the
purposes
of
the
27
sending
agency’s
employee
compensation
program,
as
an
employee,
28
as
defined
in
such
Act
compensation
program
,
who
has
sustained
29
such
injury
in
the
performance
of
such
duty,
but
shall
not
30
receive
benefits
under
that
Act
compensation
program
for
any
31
period
for
which
the
employee
is
entitled
to
and
elects
to
32
receive
similar
benefits
under
the
receiving
agency’s
employee
33
compensation
program.
34
Sec.
18.
Section
28D.6,
subsection
4,
Code
2013,
is
amended
35
-6-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
6/
163
H.F.
_____
to
read
as
follows:
1
4.
Any
employee
of
a
sending
agency
assigned
in
this
2
state
who
suffers
disability
or
death
as
a
result
of
personal
3
injury
arising
out
of
and
in
the
course
of
such
assignment,
or
4
sustained
in
the
performance
of
duties
in
connection
therewith,
5
shall
be
treated
for
the
purpose
of
receiving
agency’s
employee
6
compensation
program,
as
an
employee,
as
defined
in
such
Act
7
compensation
program
,
who
has
sustained
such
injury
in
the
8
performance
of
such
duty,
but
shall
not
receive
benefits
under
9
that
Act
compensation
program
for
any
period
for
which
the
10
employee
elects
to
receive
similar
benefits
as
an
employee
11
under
the
sending
agency’s
employee
compensation
program.
12
Sec.
19.
Section
28J.18,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
13
follows:
14
28J.18
Revenue
bonds
are
lawful
investments.
15
Port
authority
revenue
bonds
issued
pursuant
to
this
16
chapter
are
lawful
investments
of
banks,
credit
unions,
trust
17
companies,
savings
associations,
deposit
guaranty
associations,
18
insurance
companies,
trustees,
fiduciaries,
trustees
or
other
19
officers
having
charge
of
the
bond
retirement
funds
or
sinking
20
funds
of
port
authorities
and
governmental
agencies,
and
taxing
21
districts
of
this
state,
the
pension
and
annuity
retirement
22
system,
the
Iowa
public
employees’
retirement
system,
the
23
police
and
fire
retirement
systems
under
chapters
410
and
411
,
24
or
a
revolving
fund
of
a
governmental
agency
of
this
state,
25
and
are
acceptable
as
security
for
the
deposit
of
public
funds
26
under
chapter
12C
.
27
Sec.
20.
Section
29A.42,
unnumbered
paragraph
2,
Code
2013,
28
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
29
Any
person
who
shall
molest,
or
interfere
with
any
member
of
30
the
national
guard,
in
the
discharge
of
the
member’s
duty
shall
31
be
guilty
of
interference
with
official
acts
which
is
section
32
719.1
,
subsection
1
.
The
commanding
officer
of
such
force
may
33
order
the
arrest
of
such
person
and
cause
the
person
to
be
34
delivered
to
a
peace
officer
or
magistrate.
35
-7-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
7/
163
H.F.
_____
Sec.
21.
Section
35A.20,
subsection
1,
paragraph
a,
Code
1
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
2
a.
The
department
may
expend
not
more
than
six
hundred
3
dollars
per
year
for
any
one
child
who
has
lived
in
the
state
of
4
Iowa
for
two
years
preceding
application
for
state
educational
5
assistance,
and
who
is
the
child
of
a
person
who
died
prior
6
to
September
11,
2001,
during
active
federal
military
service
7
active
duty
while
serving
in
the
armed
forces
or
during
active
8
federal
military
service
active
duty
in
the
Iowa
national
9
guard
or
other
military
component
of
the
United
States,
to
10
defray
the
expenses
of
tuition,
matriculation,
laboratory
and
11
similar
fees,
books
and
supplies,
board,
lodging,
and
any
other
12
reasonably
necessary
expense
for
the
child
or
children
incident
13
to
attendance
in
this
state
at
an
educational
or
training
14
institution
of
college
grade,
or
in
a
business
or
vocational
15
training
school
with
standards
approved
by
the
department.
16
Sec.
22.
Section
35A.20,
subsection
2,
paragraph
a,
Code
17
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
18
a.
Upon
application
by
a
child
who
is
less
than
thirty-one
19
years
of
age,
and
who
is
the
child
of
a
person
who
died
on
20
or
after
September
11,
2001,
during
active
federal
military
21
service
active
duty
while
serving
in
the
armed
forces
or
22
during
active
federal
military
service
active
duty
in
the
23
Iowa
national
guard
or
other
military
component
of
the
United
24
States,
and
who
at
the
time
of
entering
into
federal
active
25
military
service
duty
had
maintained
the
person’s
residence
26
in
the
state
for
a
period
of
at
least
six
months
immediately
27
before
entering
into
federal
active
military
service
duty
,
28
the
department
shall
provide
state
educational
assistance
in
29
an
amount
of
no
more
than
the
highest
resident
undergraduate
30
tuition
rate
established
per
year
for
an
institution
of
higher
31
learning
under
the
control
of
the
state
board
of
regents
less
32
the
amount
of
any
state
and
federal
education
benefits,
grants,
33
or
scholarships
received
by
the
child,
or
the
amount
of
the
34
child’s
established
financial
need,
whichever
is
less,
to
35
-8-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
8/
163
H.F.
_____
defray
the
expenses
of
tuition
at
any
postsecondary
educational
1
institution
in
this
state.
2
Sec.
23.
Section
96.19,
subsection
18,
paragraph
g,
3
subparagraph
(1),
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
4
(1)
Service
performed
in
the
employ
of
any
other
state
or
5
its
political
subdivisions,
or
of
the
United
States
government,
6
or
of
an
instrumentality
of
any
other
state
or
states
or
their
7
political
subdivisions
or
of
the
United
States;
provided,
8
however,
that
the
general
language
just
used
shall
not
include
9
any
such
instrumentality
of
the
United
States
after
Congress
10
has,
by
appropriate
legal
action,
expressly
permitted
the
11
several
states
to
require
such
instrumentalities
to
make
12
payments
into
an
employment
fund
under
a
state
unemployment
13
compensation
law;
and
all
such
instrumentalities
so
released
14
from
the
constitutional
immunity
to
make
the
contributions,
15
imposed
by
this
chapter
shall,
thereafter,
become
subject
16
to
all
the
provisions
of
said
chapter,
and
such
provisions
17
shall
then
be
applicable
to
such
instrumentalities
and
to
18
all
services
performed
for
such
instrumentalities
in
the
19
same
manner,
to
the
same
extent
and
on
the
same
terms
as
20
are
applicable
to
all
other
employers,
employing
units,
21
individuals
,
and
services.
Should
the
social
security
board
22
administration
,
acting
under
section
1603
of
the
federal
23
Internal
Revenue
Code,
fail
to
certify
the
state
of
Iowa
for
24
any
particular
calendar
year,
then
the
payments
required
of
25
such
instrumentalities
with
respect
to
such
year
shall
be
26
refunded
by
the
department
from
the
fund
in
the
same
manner
and
27
within
the
same
period
as
is
provided
for
in
section
96.14,
28
subsection
5
,
which
section
provides
for
the
refunding
of
29
contributions
erroneously
collected.
30
Sec.
24.
Section
124.201,
subsection
4,
Code
2013,
is
31
amended
to
read
as
follows:
32
4.
If
any
new
substance
is
designated
as
a
controlled
33
substance
under
federal
law
and
notice
of
the
designation
is
34
given
to
the
board,
the
board
shall
similarly
designate
as
35
-9-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
9/
163
H.F.
_____
controlled
the
new
substance
under
this
chapter
after
the
1
expiration
of
thirty
days
from
publication
in
the
Federal
2
Register
of
a
final
order
designating
a
new
substance
as
a
3
controlled
substance,
unless
within
that
thirty-day
period
4
the
board
objects
to
the
new
designation.
In
that
case
the
5
board
shall
publish
the
reasons
for
objection
and
afford
6
all
interested
parties
an
opportunity
to
be
heard.
At
7
the
conclusion
of
the
hearing
the
board
shall
announce
its
8
decision.
Upon
publication
of
objection
to
a
new
substance
9
being
designated
as
a
controlled
substance
under
this
chapter
10
by
the
board,
control
under
this
chapter
is
stayed
until
the
11
board
publishes
its
decision.
If
a
substance
is
designated
12
as
controlled
by
the
board
under
this
subsection
the
control
13
shall
be
temporary
and
if
,
within
sixty
days
after
the
next
14
regular
session
of
the
general
assembly
convenes
it
,
the
15
general
assembly
has
not
made
the
corresponding
changes
in
this
16
chapter
,
the
temporary
designation
of
control
of
the
substance
17
by
the
board
shall
be
nullified.
18
Sec.
25.
Section
125.86,
subsection
3,
paragraph
b,
Code
19
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
20
b.
An
advanced
registered
nurse
practitioner
who
is
21
not
certified
as
a
psychiatric
advanced
registered
nurse
22
practitioner
but
who
meets
the
qualifications
set
forth
in
the
23
definition
of
a
mental
health
professional
in
section
228.1
24
on
July
1,
2008
,
may
complete
periodic
reports
pursuant
to
25
paragraph
“a”
.
26
Sec.
26.
Section
135C.1,
subsection
9,
Code
2013,
is
amended
27
to
read
as
follows:
28
9.
“Intermediate
care
facility
for
persons
with
an
29
intellectual
disability”
means
an
institution
or
distinct
part
30
of
an
institution
with
a
primary
purpose
to
provide
health
31
or
rehabilitative
services
to
three
or
more
individuals,
32
who
primarily
have
an
intellectual
disability
or
a
related
33
condition
and
who
are
not
related
to
the
administrator
or
owner
34
within
the
third
degree
of
consanguinity,
and
which
meets
35
-10-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
10/
163
H.F.
_____
the
requirements
of
this
chapter
and
federal
standards
for
1
intermediate
care
facilities
for
persons
with
an
intellectual
2
disability
established
pursuant
to
the
federal
Social
Security
3
Act,
§
1905(c)(d),
as
codified
in
42
U.S.C.
§
1936d
1396d
,
4
which
are
contained
in
42
C.F.R.
pt.
483,
subpt.
D,
§
410
–
480.
5
Sec.
27.
Section
135C.6,
subsection
8,
paragraph
c,
6
unnumbered
paragraph
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
7
follows:
8
A
residential
program
approved
by
the
department
of
human
9
services
pursuant
to
this
paragraph
“c”
to
receive
moneys
10
appropriated
to
the
department
of
human
services
under
11
provisions
of
a
federally
approved
home
and
community-based
12
services
waiver
for
persons
with
an
intellectual
disabilities
13
disability
may
provide
care
to
not
more
than
five
individuals.
14
The
department
shall
approve
a
residential
program
under
this
15
paragraph
that
complies
with
all
of
the
following
conditions:
16
Sec.
28.
Section
142.3,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
17
follows:
18
142.3
Notification
of
department.
19
Every
county
medical
examiner,
funeral
director
or
embalmer,
20
and
the
managing
officer
of
every
public
asylum,
hospital,
21
county
care
facility,
penitentiary,
or
reformatory,
as
soon
as
22
any
dead
body
shall
come
into
the
person’s
custody
which
may
23
be
used
for
scientific
purposes
as
provided
in
sections
142.1
24
and
142.2
,
shall
at
once
notify
the
nearest
relative
or
friend
25
of
the
deceased,
if
known,
and
the
Iowa
department
of
public
26
health
by
telegram
,
and
hold
such
body
unburied
for
forty-eight
27
hours.
Upon
receipt
of
such
telegram
notification,
the
28
department
shall
telegraph
issue
verbal
or
written
instructions
29
relative
to
the
disposition
to
be
made
of
said
body.
Complete
30
jurisdiction
over
said
bodies
is
vested
exclusively
in
the
Iowa
31
department
of
public
health.
No
autopsy
or
post
mortem,
except
32
as
are
legally
ordered
by
county
medical
examiners,
shall
be
33
performed
on
any
of
said
bodies
prior
to
their
delivery
to
the
34
medical
schools.
35
-11-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
11/
163
H.F.
_____
Sec.
29.
Section
144.29A,
subsections
7,
8,
and
9,
Code
1
2013,
are
amended
to
read
as
follows:
2
7.
For
the
purposes
of
this
section
,
“health
care
provider”
:
3
a.
“Health
care
provider”
means
an
individual
licensed
under
4
chapter
148
,
148C
,
148D
,
or
152
,
or
any
individual
who
provides
5
medical
services
under
the
authorization
of
the
licensee.
6
8.
b.
For
the
purposes
of
this
section
,
“inducing
a
7
termination
of
pregnancy”
“Inducing
a
termination
of
pregnancy”
8
means
the
use
of
any
means
to
terminate
the
pregnancy
of
a
9
woman
known
to
be
pregnant
with
the
intent
other
than
to
10
produce
a
live
birth
or
to
remove
a
dead
fetus.
11
9.
c.
For
the
purposes
of
this
section
,
“spontaneous
12
termination
of
pregnancy”
“Spontaneous
termination
of
pregnancy”
13
means
the
occurrence
of
an
unintended
termination
of
pregnancy
14
at
any
time
during
the
period
from
conception
to
twenty
15
weeks
gestation
and
which
is
not
a
spontaneous
termination
of
16
pregnancy
at
any
time
during
the
period
from
twenty
weeks
or
17
greater
which
is
reported
to
the
department
as
a
fetal
death
18
under
this
chapter
.
19
Sec.
30.
Section
152B.1,
subsection
8,
paragraph
b,
Code
20
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
21
b.
Is
capable
of
serving
as
a
resource
to
the
physician
22
or
surgeon
in
relation
to
the
technical
aspects
of
23
cardiorespiratory
care
and
to
safe
and
effective
methods
for
24
administering
respiratory
care
modalities.
25
Sec.
31.
Section
152B.2,
subsection
1,
paragraph
b,
Code
26
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
27
b.
“Respiratory
care
as
a
practice”
does
not
include
28
the
delivery,
assembly,
setup,
testing,
or
demonstration
29
of
respiratory
care
equipment
in
the
home
upon
the
order
30
of
a
licensed
physician
or
surgeon
or
a
qualified
health
31
care
professional
prescriber.
As
used
in
this
paragraph,
32
“demonstration”
does
not
include
the
actual
teaching,
33
administration,
or
performance
of
the
respiratory
care
34
procedures.
35
-12-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
12/
163
H.F.
_____
Sec.
32.
Section
161A.61,
subsection
2,
unnumbered
1
paragraph
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
2
The
commissioners
of
the
soil
and
water
conservation
3
district
in
which
that
a
farm
unit
is
located
may
petition
4
the
district
court
for
an
appropriate
order
with
respect
to
5
that
farm
unit
if
its
owner
or
occupant
has
been
sent
a
notice
6
by
the
commissioners
under
subsection
1
,
paragraph
“b”
,
for
7
three
or
more
consecutive
years.
The
commissioners’
petition
8
shall
seek
a
court
order
which
states
a
time
not
more
than
six
9
months
after
the
date
of
the
order
when
the
owner
or
occupant
10
must
commence,
and
a
time
when
the
owner
or
occupant
must
11
complete
the
steps
necessary
to
comply
with
the
order.
The
12
time
allowed
to
complete
the
establishment
of
a
temporary
soil
13
and
water
conservation
practice
employed
to
comply
or
advance
14
toward
compliance
with
the
court’s
order
shall
be
not
more
than
15
one
year
after
the
date
of
that
order,
and
the
time
allowed
16
to
complete
the
establishment
of
a
permanent
soil
and
water
17
conservation
practice
employed
to
comply
with
the
court’s
18
order
shall
be
not
more
than
five
years
after
the
date
of
that
19
order.
Section
161A.48
applies
to
a
court
order
issued
under
20
this
subsection
.
The
steps
required
of
the
farm
unit
owner
or
21
operator
by
the
court
order
are
those
which
are
necessary
to
22
do
one
of
the
following:
23
Sec.
33.
Section
203.10,
subsection
1,
paragraph
c,
Code
24
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
25
c.
The
expiration
of
the
license
according
to
the
terms
26
of
the
license
as
provided
in
this
chapter
,
including
a
rule
27
adopted
in
accordance
with
this
chapter
,
pursuant
to
chapter
28
17A
.
29
Sec.
34.
Section
203C.10,
subsection
1,
paragraph
c,
Code
30
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
31
c.
The
expiration
of
the
license
according
to
the
terms
32
of
the
license
as
provided
in
this
chapter
,
including
a
rule
33
adopted
in
accordance
with
this
chapter
,
pursuant
to
chapter
34
17A
.
35
-13-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
13/
163
H.F.
_____
Sec.
35.
Section
203C.16,
subsection
3,
Code
2013,
is
1
amended
to
read
as
follows:
2
3.
a.
The
storage
of
bulk
grain
by
more
than
one
person,
3
if
all
of
the
following
apply:
4
a.
(1)
The
bulk
grain
was
jointly
produced
by
all
persons
5
storing
the
grain.
As
used
in
this
subsection
,
“jointly
6
produced”
includes
but
is
not
limited
to
grain
owned
by
a
7
landlord
who
receives
a
share
of
agricultural
products
as
rent.
8
b.
(2)
The
bulk
grain
is
stored
on
the
property
owned
or
9
leased
by
one
of
the
persons
jointly
producing
the
grain.
10
c.
(3)
No
person
other
than
persons
jointly
producing
the
11
grain
owns
the
stored
bulk
grain.
12
b.
As
used
in
this
subsection,
“jointly
produced”
includes
13
but
is
not
limited
to
grain
owned
by
a
landlord
who
receives
a
14
share
of
agricultural
products
as
rent.
15
Sec.
36.
Section
207.2,
subsection
10,
Code
2013,
is
amended
16
to
read
as
follows:
17
10.
“Prime
farmland”
means
the
same
as
prescribed
by
the
18
United
States
department
of
agriculture
pursuant
to
7
C.F.R.
§
19
567.5(a)
657.5(a)
.
20
Sec.
37.
Section
208A.1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
21
follows:
22
208A.1
Definitions.
23
As
used
in
this
chapter
,
unless
the
context
or
subject
matter
24
otherwise
requires:
(1)
25
1.
“Antifreeze”
shall
include
all
substances
and
26
preparations
intended
for
use
as
the
cooling
medium,
or
to
be
27
added
to
the
cooling
liquid,
in
the
cooling
system
of
internal
28
combustion
engines
to
prevent
freezing
of
the
cooling
liquid
or
29
to
lower
its
freezing
point
;
and
(2)
“person”
.
30
2.
“Person”
shall
include
individuals,
partnerships,
31
corporations,
companies,
and
associations.
32
Sec.
38.
Section
208A.2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
33
follows:
34
208A.2
What
deemed
adulterated.
35
-14-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
14/
163
H.F.
_____
An
antifreeze
shall
be
deemed
to
be
adulterated
if
either
of
1
the
following
apply
:
(1)
If
it
2
1.
It
consists
in
whole
or
in
part
of
any
substance
which
3
will
render
it
injurious
to
the
cooling
system
of
an
internal
4
combustion
engine
or
will
make
the
operation
of
the
engine
5
dangerous
to
the
user
;
or
(2)
if
its
.
6
2.
Its
strength,
quality,
or
purity
falls
below
the
standard
7
of
strength,
quality,
or
purity
under
which
it
is
sold.
8
Sec.
39.
Section
208A.3,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
9
follows:
10
208A.3
What
deemed
misbranded.
11
An
antifreeze
shall
be
deemed
to
be
misbranded
if
either
of
12
the
following
apply
:
(1)
If
its
13
1.
Its
labeling
is
false
or
misleading
in
any
particular
;
14
or
(2)
if
in
.
15
2.
In
package
form
it
does
not
bear
a
label
containing
the
16
name
and
place
of
business
of
the
manufacturer,
packer,
seller
,
17
or
distributor
and
an
accurate
statement
of
the
quantity
of
the
18
contents
in
terms
of
weight
or
measure
on
the
outside
of
the
19
package.
20
Sec.
40.
Section
214A.1,
subsection
17,
Code
2013,
is
21
amended
by
striking
the
subsection.
22
Sec.
41.
Section
215.7,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
23
to
read
as
follows:
24
2.
The
person
makes
a
settlement
for
or
enters
a
credit,
25
based
upon
any
false
weight
or
measurement,
for
any
commodity
26
purchased.
27
Sec.
42.
Section
217.17,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
28
follows:
29
217.17
Administrator
of
division
of
planning.
30
The
administrator
of
the
division
of
planning,
research,
31
and
statistics
shall
be
qualified
in
the
general
field
of
32
governmental
planning
with
special
training
and
experience
in
33
the
areas
of
preparation
and
development
of
plans
for
future
34
efficient
reorganization
and
administration
of
government
35
-15-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
15/
163
H.F.
_____
social
functions.
The
administrator
of
the
division
of
1
planning,
research,
and
statistics
shall
cooperate
with
2
the
administrators
of
the
other
divisions
of
the
department
3
of
human
services
,
assisting
them
and
the
director
of
the
4
department
in
their
planning,
research,
and
statistical
5
problems.
The
administrator
of
the
division
of
planning,
6
research,
and
statistics
shall
assist
the
administrators,
7
director,
and
the
council
on
human
services
by
proposing
8
administrative
and
organizational
changes
at
both
the
state
9
and
local
level
to
provide
more
efficient
and
integrated
10
social
services
to
the
citizens
of
this
state.
The
planning,
11
research,
and
statistical
operations
now
forming
an
12
integral
part
of
the
present
state
functions
assigned
to
the
13
administrators
of
this
department
along
with
their
future
needs
14
in
this
regard
are
all
assigned
to
and
shall
be
administered
by
15
the
administrator
of
this
the
division.
16
Sec.
43.
Section
217.30,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
17
to
read
as
follows:
18
2.
Information
described
in
subsection
1
shall
not
be
19
disclosed
to
or
used
by
any
person
or
agency
except
for
20
purposes
of
administration
of
the
programs
of
services
or
21
assistance,
and
shall
not
in
any
case,
except
as
otherwise
22
provided
in
subsection
4
,
paragraph
“b”
,
be
disclosed
to
or
23
used
by
persons
or
agencies
outside
the
department
unless
they
24
are
subject
to
standards
of
confidentiality
comparable
to
those
25
imposed
on
the
department
by
this
division
section
.
26
Sec.
44.
Section
217.31,
unnumbered
paragraph
2,
Code
2013,
27
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
28
Any
reasonable
grounds
that
a
public
employee
has
violated
29
any
provision
of
this
division
section
217.30
shall
be
grounds
30
for
immediate
removal
from
access
of
any
kind
to
confidential
31
records
or
suspension
from
duty
without
pay.
32
Sec.
45.
Section
222.13,
subsection
1,
Code
2011,
as
amended
33
by
2012
Iowa
Acts,
chapter
1120,
section
70,
is
amended
to
read
34
as
follows:
35
-16-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
16/
163
H.F.
_____
1.
If
an
adult
person
is
believed
to
be
a
person
with
mental
1
retardation,
the
adult
person
or
the
adult
person’s
guardian
2
may
submit
a
request
in
writing
through
the
central
point
of
3
coordination
process
for
the
county
board
of
supervisors
of
the
4
adult
person’s
county
of
residence
in
writing
to
apply
to
the
5
superintendent
of
any
state
resource
center
for
the
voluntary
6
admission
of
the
adult
person
either
as
an
inpatient
or
an
7
outpatient
of
the
resource
center.
The
board
of
supervisors
8
shall,
on
forms
prescribed
by
the
department’s
administrator,
9
apply
to
the
superintendent
of
the
resource
center
in
the
10
district
for
the
admission
of
the
adult
person
to
the
resource
11
center.
An
application
for
admission
to
a
special
unit
of
any
12
adult
person
believed
to
be
in
need
of
any
of
the
services
13
provided
by
the
special
unit
under
section
222.88
may
be
made
14
in
the
same
manner,
upon
request
of
the
adult
person
or
the
15
adult
person’s
guardian.
The
superintendent
shall
accept
the
16
application
if
a
preadmission
diagnostic
evaluation,
performed
17
through
the
central
point
of
coordination
process,
confirms
or
18
establishes
the
need
for
admission,
except
that
an
application
19
shall
not
be
accepted
if
the
institution
does
not
have
adequate
20
facilities
available
or
if
the
acceptance
will
result
in
an
21
overcrowded
condition.
22
Sec.
46.
Section
222.27,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
23
follows:
24
222.27
Hearing
in
public.
25
Hearings
shall
be
public,
unless
otherwise
requested
by
26
the
parent,
guardian,
or
other
person
having
the
custody
of
27
the
person
with
an
intellectual
disability,
or
if
the
judge
28
considers
,
a
closed
hearing
in
the
best
interests
of
the
person
29
with
an
intellectual
disability.
30
Sec.
47.
Section
225.10,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
31
follows:
32
225.10
Voluntary
public
patients.
33
Persons
suffering
from
mental
diseases
may
be
admitted
to
34
the
state
psychiatric
hospital
as
voluntary
public
patients
as
35
-17-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
17/
163
H.F.
_____
follows:
Any
if
a
physician
authorized
to
practice
medicine
1
or
osteopathic
medicine
in
the
state
of
Iowa
may
file
files
2
information
with
the
board
of
supervisors
of
the
person’s
3
county
of
residence
or
the
board’s
designee,
stating
that
all
4
of
the
following:
5
1.
That
the
physician
has
examined
the
person
and
finds
that
6
the
person
is
suffering
from
some
abnormal
mental
condition
7
that
can
probably
be
remedied
by
observation,
treatment,
and
8
hospital
care
;
that
.
9
2.
That
the
physician
believes
it
would
be
appropriate
for
10
the
person
to
enter
the
state
psychiatric
hospital
for
that
11
purpose
and
that
the
person
is
willing
to
do
so
;
and
that
.
12
3.
That
neither
the
person
nor
those
legally
responsible
for
13
the
person
are
able
to
provide
the
means
for
the
observation,
14
treatment,
and
hospital
care.
15
Sec.
48.
Section
225C.4,
subsection
1,
paragraph
o,
Code
16
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
17
o.
Recommend
to
the
commission
minimum
accreditation
18
standards
for
the
maintenance
and
operation
of
community
mental
19
health
centers,
services,
and
programs
under
section
230A.16
20
230A.110
.
The
administrator’s
review
and
evaluation
of
the
21
centers,
services,
and
programs
for
compliance
with
the
adopted
22
standards
shall
be
as
provided
in
section
230A.17
230A.111
.
23
Sec.
49.
Section
225C.6,
subsection
1,
paragraph
c,
Code
24
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
25
c.
Adopt
standards
for
community
mental
health
centers,
26
services,
and
programs
as
recommended
under
section
230A.16
27
230A.110
.
The
administrator
shall
determine
whether
to
grant,
28
deny,
or
revoke
the
accreditation
of
the
centers,
services,
and
29
programs.
30
Sec.
50.
Section
225C.15,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
31
follows:
32
225C.15
County
implementation
of
evaluations.
33
The
board
of
supervisors
of
a
county
shall,
no
later
than
34
July
1,
1982,
require
that
the
policy
stated
in
section
225C.14
35
-18-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
18/
163
H.F.
_____
be
followed
with
respect
to
admission
of
persons
from
that
1
county
to
a
state
mental
health
institute.
A
community
mental
2
health
center
which
is
supported,
directly
or
in
affiliation
3
with
other
counties,
by
that
county
may
perform
the
preliminary
4
diagnostic
evaluations
for
that
county,
unless
the
performance
5
of
the
evaluations
is
not
covered
by
the
agreement
entered
6
into
by
the
county
and
the
center
under
section
230A.12
,
and
7
the
center’s
director
certifies
to
the
board
of
supervisors
8
that
the
center
does
not
have
the
capacity
to
perform
the
9
evaluations,
in
which
case
the
board
of
supervisors
shall
10
proceed
under
section
225C.17
.
11
Sec.
51.
Section
228.6,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
12
to
read
as
follows:
13
1.
A
mental
health
professional
or
an
employee
of
or
14
agent
for
a
mental
health
facility
may
disclose
mental
health
15
information
if
and
to
the
extent
necessary,
to
meet
the
16
requirements
of
section
229.24
,
229.25
,
230.20
,
230.21
,
230.25
,
17
230.26
,
230A.13
,
230A.108,
232.74
,
or
232.147
,
or
to
meet
the
18
compulsory
reporting
or
disclosure
requirements
of
other
state
19
or
federal
law
relating
to
the
protection
of
human
health
and
20
safety.
21
Sec.
52.
Section
229.13,
subsection
5,
Code
2013,
is
amended
22
to
read
as
follows:
23
5.
The
chief
medical
officer
of
the
hospital
or
facility
24
at
which
the
respondent
is
placed
shall
report
to
the
court
no
25
more
than
fifteen
days
after
the
respondent
is
placed,
making
a
26
recommendation
for
disposition
of
the
matter.
An
extension
of
27
time
may
be
granted,
not
to
exceed
seven
days
upon
a
showing
of
28
cause.
A
copy
of
the
report
shall
be
sent
to
the
respondent’s
29
attorney,
who
may
contest
the
need
for
an
extension
of
time
30
if
one
is
requested.
An
extension
of
time
shall
be
granted
31
upon
request
unless
the
request
is
contested,
in
which
case
32
the
court
shall
make
such
inquiry
as
it
deems
appropriate
and
33
may
either
order
the
respondent’s
release
from
the
hospital
34
or
facility
or
grant
an
extension
of
time
for
psychiatric
35
-19-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
19/
163
H.F.
_____
evaluation.
If
the
chief
medical
officer
fails
to
report
to
1
the
court
within
fifteen
days
after
the
individual
is
placed
2
under
the
care
of
the
hospital
or
facility,
and
an
extension
3
of
time
has
not
been
requested,
the
chief
medical
officer
4
is
guilty
of
contempt
and
shall
be
punished
under
chapter
5
665
.
The
court
shall
order
a
rehearing
on
the
application
to
6
determine
whether
the
respondent
should
continue
to
be
detained
7
at
or
placed
under
the
care
of
the
hospital
or
facility.
8
Sec.
53.
Section
229.15,
subsection
3,
paragraph
b,
Code
9
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
10
b.
An
advanced
registered
nurse
practitioner
who
is
11
not
certified
as
a
psychiatric
advanced
registered
nurse
12
practitioner
but
who
meets
the
qualifications
set
forth
in
the
13
definition
of
a
mental
health
professional
in
section
228.1
14
on
July
1,
2008
,
may
complete
periodic
reports
pursuant
to
15
paragraph
“a”
.
16
Sec.
54.
Section
229.22,
subsection
2,
paragraph
b,
Code
17
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
18
b.
If
the
magistrate
orders
that
the
person
be
detained,
19
the
magistrate
shall,
by
the
close
of
business
on
the
next
20
working
day,
file
a
written
order
with
the
clerk
in
the
county
21
where
it
is
anticipated
that
an
application
may
be
filed
22
under
section
229.6
.
The
order
may
be
filed
by
facsimile
if
23
necessary.
A
peace
officer
from
the
law
enforcement
agency
24
that
took
the
person
into
custody,
if
no
request
was
made
25
under
paragraph
“a”
,
may
inform
the
magistrate
that
an
arrest
26
warrant
has
been
issued
for
or
charges
are
pending
against
the
27
person
and
request
that
any
written
order
issued
under
this
28
paragraph
require
the
facility
or
hospital
to
notify
the
law
29
enforcement
agency
about
the
discharge
of
the
person
prior
to
30
discharge.
The
order
shall
state
the
circumstances
under
which
31
the
person
was
taken
into
custody
or
otherwise
brought
to
a
32
facility
or
hospital,
and
the
grounds
supporting
the
finding
33
of
probable
cause
to
believe
that
the
person
is
seriously
34
mentally
impaired
and
likely
to
injure
the
person’s
self
or
35
-20-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
20/
163
H.F.
_____
others
if
not
immediately
detained.
The
order
shall
also
1
include
any
law
enforcement
agency
notification
requirements
if
2
applicable.
The
order
shall
confirm
the
oral
order
authorizing
3
the
person’s
detention
including
any
order
given
to
transport
4
the
person
to
an
appropriate
facility
or
hospital
.
A
peace
5
officer
from
the
law
enforcement
agency
that
took
the
person
6
into
custody
may
also
request
an
order,
separate
from
the
7
written
order,
requiring
the
facility
or
hospital
to
notify
the
8
law
enforcement
agency
about
the
discharge
of
the
person
prior
9
to
discharge.
The
clerk
shall
provide
a
copy
of
the
written
10
order
or
any
separate
order
to
the
chief
medical
officer
of
the
11
facility
or
hospital
to
which
the
person
was
originally
taken,
12
to
any
subsequent
facility
to
which
the
person
was
transported,
13
and
to
any
law
enforcement
department
or
ambulance
service
that
14
transported
the
person
pursuant
to
the
magistrate’s
order.
15
Sec.
55.
Section
230.33,
unnumbered
paragraph
2,
Code
2013,
16
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
17
Provided
that
However,
in
the
case
of
a
proposed
transfer
of
18
a
person
with
mental
illness
or
an
intellectual
disability
from
19
this
state
,
that
no
final
action
shall
not
be
taken
without
the
20
approval
either
of
the
commission
of
hospitalization,
or
of
the
21
district
court,
of
the
county
of
admission
or
commitment.
22
Sec.
56.
Section
230A.105,
subsection
1,
paragraph
e,
Code
23
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
24
e.
Individuals
described
in
paragraph
“a”
,
“b”
,
“c”
,
or
“d”
25
who
have
a
co-occurring
disorder,
including
but
not
limited
to
26
substance
abuse,
mental
retardation
intellectual
disability
,
27
a
developmental
disability,
brain
injury,
autism
spectrum
28
disorder,
or
another
disability
or
special
health
care
need.
29
Sec.
57.
Section
230A.110,
subsection
3,
paragraph
c,
Code
30
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
31
c.
Arrange
for
the
financial
condition
and
transactions
of
32
the
community
mental
health
center
to
be
audited
once
each
year
33
by
the
auditor
of
state.
However,
in
lieu
of
an
audit
by
state
34
accountants
the
auditor
of
state
,
the
local
governing
body
of
a
35
-21-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
21/
163
H.F.
_____
community
mental
health
center
organized
under
this
chapter
may
1
contract
with
or
employ
certified
public
accountants
to
conduct
2
the
audit,
pursuant
to
the
applicable
terms
and
conditions
3
prescribed
by
sections
11.6
and
11.19
and
audit
format
4
prescribed
by
the
auditor
of
state.
Copies
of
each
audit
shall
5
be
furnished
by
the
auditor
or
accountant
to
the
administrator
6
of
the
division
of
mental
health
and
disability
services.
7
Sec.
58.
Section
231.56,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
8
follows:
9
231.56
Services
and
programs.
10
The
department
shall
administer
services
and
programs
11
that
allow
older
individuals
to
secure
and
maintain
maximum
12
independence
and
dignity
in
a
home
environment
that
provides
13
for
self-care
with
appropriate
supportive
services,
assist
14
in
removing
individual
and
social
barriers
to
economic
15
and
personal
independence
for
older
individuals,
provide
a
16
continuum
of
care
for
older
individuals
and
individuals
with
17
disabilities,
and
secure
the
opportunity
for
older
individuals
18
to
receive
managed
in-home
and
community-based
long-term
19
care
services.
Funds
appropriated
for
this
purpose
shall
be
20
instituted
allocated
based
on
administrative
rules
adopted
by
21
the
commission.
The
department
shall
require
such
records
as
22
needed
to
administer
this
section
.
23
Sec.
59.
Section
232.73A,
subsection
1,
paragraph
b,
Code
24
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
25
b.
For
purposes
of
this
section
,
“retaliatory
action”
26
includes
but
is
not
limited
to
an
employer’s
action
to
27
discharge
an
employee
or
to
take
or
fail
to
take
action
28
regarding
an
employee’s
appointment
or
proposed
appointment
29
to
a
position
in
employment
,
to
take
or
fail
to
take
action
30
regarding
an
employee’s
promotion
or
proposed
promotion
to
a
31
position
in
employment
,
or
to
fail
to
provide
an
advantage
in
a
32
position
in
employment.
33
Sec.
60.
Section
234.6,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
34
to
read
as
follows:
35
-22-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
22/
163
H.F.
_____
1.
Cooperate
with
the
federal
social
security
board
1
administration
created
by
Tit.
VII
of
by
the
Social
Security
2
Act
[42
and
codified
at
42
U.S.C.
§
901]
901
,
enacted
by
the
3
74th
Congress
of
the
United
States
and
approved
August
14,
4
1935,
or
other
agency
of
the
federal
government
for
public
5
welfare
assistance,
in
such
reasonable
manner
as
may
be
6
necessary
to
qualify
for
federal
aid,
including
the
making
of
7
such
reports
in
such
form
and
containing
such
information
as
8
the
federal
social
security
board
administration
,
from
time
9
to
time,
may
require,
and
to
comply
with
such
regulations
as
10
such
federal
social
security
board
administration
,
from
time
11
to
time,
may
find
necessary
to
assure
the
correctness
and
12
verification
of
such
reports.
13
Sec.
61.
Section
235E.6,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
14
follows:
15
235E.6
Dependent
adult
abuse
finding
——
notification
to
16
employer
and
employee.
17
Upon
a
finding
of
founded
determination
that
an
allegation
18
of
perpetration
of
dependent
adult
abuse
by
a
caretaker
is
19
founded
,
the
department
shall
provide
written
notification
of
20
the
department’s
findings
to
the
caretaker
and
the
caretaker’s
21
employer.
In
addition,
the
written
notification
shall
detail
22
the
consequences
of
placement
on
the
central
abuse
registry,
23
the
caretaker’s
appeal
rights,
and
include
a
separate
appeal
24
request
form.
The
written
appeal
request
form
shall
clearly
25
set
forth
that
the
caretaker
shall
not
be
placed
on
the
central
26
abuse
registry
until
final
agency
action
is
taken
if
an
appeal
27
is
filed
within
fifteen
days.
28
Sec.
62.
Section
249J.6,
subsection
2,
paragraph
a,
Code
29
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
30
a.
Each
expansion
population
member
shall
receive
a
31
comprehensive
medical
examination
annually.
The
department
may
32
implement
a
web-based
an
internet-based
health
risk
assessment
33
for
expansion
population
members
that
may
include
facilitation,
34
if
deemed
to
be
cost-effective
to
the
program.
35
-23-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
23/
163
H.F.
_____
Sec.
63.
Section
256D.3,
subsection
3,
Code
2013,
is
amended
1
to
read
as
follows:
2
3.
Beginning
January
15,
2006,
the
The
department
shall
3
submit
an
annual
report
to
the
chairpersons
and
ranking
members
4
of
the
senate
and
house
education
committees
that
includes
the
5
statewide
average
school
district
class
size
in
basic
skills
6
instruction
in
kindergarten
through
grade
three,
by
grade
level
7
and
by
district
size,
and
describes
school
district
progress
8
toward
achieving
early
intervention
block
grant
program
9
goals
and
the
ways
in
which
school
districts
are
using
moneys
10
received
pursuant
to
this
chapter
and
expended
as
provided
in
11
section
256D.2A
.
The
report
shall
include
district-by-district
12
information
showing
the
allocation
received
for
early
13
intervention
block
grant
program
purposes,
the
total
number
14
of
students
enrolled
in
grade
four
in
each
district,
and
the
15
number
of
students
in
each
district
who
are
not
proficient
in
16
reading
in
grade
four
for
the
most
recent
reporting
period,
as
17
well
as
for
each
reporting
period
starting
with
the
school
year
18
beginning
July
1,
2001.
19
Sec.
64.
Section
256F.6,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
20
to
read
as
follows:
21
2.
The
contract
shall
outline
the
reasons
for
revocation
or
22
nonrenewal
of
the
charter
contract
.
23
Sec.
65.
Section
261B.4,
subsection
17,
Code
2013,
is
24
amended
to
read
as
follows:
25
17.
Evidence
that
the
school
meets
the
conditions
of
26
financial
responsibility
established
in
section
714.18
,
or
that
27
the
school
qualifies
for
an
exemption
under
section
714.19
or
28
714.22
.
29
Sec.
66.
Section
261B.11,
subsection
2,
paragraph
a,
Code
30
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
31
a.
A
school
that
is
granted
an
exemption
under
this
section
32
must
file
evidence
of
financial
responsibility
under
section
33
714.18
or
demonstrate
to
the
commission
or
its
designee
that
34
the
school
qualifies
for
an
exemption
under
section
714.19
or
35
-24-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
24/
163
H.F.
_____
714.22
.
1
Sec.
67.
Section
275.1,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
2
to
read
as
follows:
3
2.
It
is
the
policy
of
the
state
to
encourage
economical
4
and
efficient
school
districts
which
will
ensure
an
equal
5
educational
opportunity
to
all
children
of
the
state.
All
6
areas
of
the
state
shall
be
in
school
districts
maintaining
7
kindergarten
and
twelve
grades.
If
a
school
district
ceases
8
to
maintain
kindergarten
and
twelve
grades
except
as
otherwise
9
provided
in
section
28E.9
,
256.13
,
280.15
,
282.7,
subsection
1
10
or
subsections
1
and
3
,
or
section
282.8
,
it
shall
reorganize
11
within
six
months
or
the
state
board
shall
attach
the
school
12
district
not
maintaining
kindergarten
and
twelve
grades
to
one
13
or
more
adjacent
districts.
Voluntary
reorganizations
under
14
this
chapter
shall
be
commenced
only
if
the
affected
school
15
districts
are
contiguous
or
marginally
adjacent
to
one
another.
16
A
reorganized
district
shall
meet
the
requirements
of
section
17
275.3
.
18
Sec.
68.
Section
279.9A,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
19
follows:
20
279.9A
Information
sharing.
21
The
rules
referred
to
in
section
279.9
shall
provide
that
22
upon
the
request
of
school
officials
of
a
school
to
which
the
23
student
seeks
to
transfer
or
has
transferred,
school
officials
24
of
the
sending
school
shall
provide
an
accurate
record
of
25
any
suspension
or
expulsion
actions
taken,
and
the
basis
for
26
those
actions
taken,
against
the
student
under
sections
279.9
,
27
280.19A
,
280.21B,
282.3
,
282.4
,
and
282.5
.
The
designated
28
representative
shall
disclose
this
information
only
to
those
29
school
employees
whose
duties
require
them
to
be
involved
30
with
the
student.
For
purposes
of
this
section
,
“school
31
employees”
means
persons
employed
by
a
nonpublic
school
or
32
school
district,
or
any
area
education
agency
staff
member
who
33
provides
services
to
a
school
or
school
district.
34
Sec.
69.
Section
280.11,
subsection
4,
paragraph
b,
Code
35
-25-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
25/
163
H.F.
_____
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
1
b.
“Noise”
as
used
in
this
section
,
means
a
noise
level
2
that
meets
or
exceeds
damage-risk
criteria
established
by
the
3
present
federal
standard
for
occupational
noise
exposure
,
4
established
by
the
federal
occupational
safety
and
health
5
standards
administration
.
6
Sec.
70.
Section
280.13B,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
7
follows:
8
280.13B
Taping
Recording
and
broadcast
fees
restricted.
9
The
Iowa
high
school
athletic
association
or
its
successor
10
organization,
and
the
Iowa
girls
high
school
athletic
union
or
11
its
successor
organization,
shall
not
assess
a
charge
for
the
12
videotape
retransmission
of
an
audio-visual
recording
of
a
high
13
school
athletic
tournament
contest
or
event
if
the
videotape
14
retransmission
does
not
occur
earlier
than
twenty-four
hours
15
after
the
starting
time
of
the
live
athletic
contest
or
event.
16
Sec.
71.
Section
282.4,
subsections
2
and
3,
Code
2013,
are
17
amended
to
read
as
follows:
18
2.
a.
A
student
who
commits
an
assault,
as
defined
under
19
section
708.1
,
against
a
school
employee
in
a
school
building,
20
on
school
grounds,
or
at
a
school-sponsored
function
shall
be
21
suspended
for
a
time
to
be
determined
by
the
principal.
Notice
22
of
the
suspension
shall
be
immediately
sent
to
the
president
23
of
the
board.
By
special
meeting
or
at
the
next
regularly
24
scheduled
board
meeting,
the
board
shall
review
the
suspension
25
and
decide
whether
to
hold
a
disciplinary
hearing
to
determine
26
whether
or
not
to
order
further
sanctions
against
the
student,
27
which
may
include
expelling
the
student.
In
making
its
28
decision,
the
board
shall
consider
the
best
interests
of
the
29
school
district,
which
shall
include
what
is
best
to
protect
30
and
ensure
the
safety
of
the
school
employees
and
students
from
31
the
student
committing
the
assault.
32
b.
3.
A
student
shall
not
be
suspended
or
expelled
pursuant
33
to
this
section
if
the
suspension
or
expulsion
would
violate
34
the
federal
Individuals
with
Disabilities
Education
Act.
35
-26-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
26/
163
H.F.
_____
3.
4.
Notwithstanding
section
282.6
,
if
a
student
has
1
been
expelled
or
suspended
from
school
and
has
not
met
the
2
conditions
of
the
expulsion
or
suspension,
the
student
shall
3
not
be
permitted
to
enroll
in
a
school
district
until
the
board
4
of
directors
of
the
school
district
approves,
by
a
majority
5
vote,
the
enrollment
of
the
student.
6
Sec.
72.
Section
282.24,
subsection
1,
paragraph
a,
Code
7
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
8
a.
The
maximum
tuition
fee
that
may
be
charged
for
9
elementary
and
high
school
students
residing
within
another
10
school
district
or
corporation
except
students
attending
school
11
in
another
district
under
section
282.7,
subsection
1
,
or
12
subsections
1
and
3
,
is
the
district
cost
per
pupil
of
the
13
receiving
district
as
computed
in
section
257.10
.
14
Sec.
73.
Section
299.6,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
15
follows:
16
299.6
Violations
——
community
service
or
fine
or
17
imprisonment.
18
1.
Any
person
who
violates
a
mediation
agreement
under
19
section
299.5A
,
who
is
referred
for
prosecution
under
section
20
299.5A
and
is
convicted
of
a
violation
of
any
of
the
provisions
21
of
sections
299.1
through
299.5
,
who
violates
any
of
the
22
provisions
of
sections
299.1
through
299.5
,
or
who
refuses
to
23
participate
in
mediation
under
section
299.5A
,
for
a
first
24
offense,
is
guilty
of
a
simple
misdemeanor
commits
a
public
25
offense
.
26
a.
A
first
offense
is
a
serious
misdemeanor
and
a
conviction
27
is
punishable
by
imprisonment
not
exceeding
ten
days
or
a
28
fine
not
exceeding
one
hundred
dollars.
The
court
may
order
29
the
person
to
perform
not
more
than
forty
hours
of
unpaid
30
community
service
instead
of
any
fine
or
imprisonment.
A
31
person
convicted
of
a
second
violation
is
guilty
of
a
serious
32
misdemeanor.
33
b.
A
second
offense
is
a
serious
misdemeanor
and
a
34
conviction
is
punishable
by
imprisonment
not
exceeding
twenty
35
-27-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
27/
163
H.F.
_____
days
or
a
fine
not
exceeding
five
hundred
dollars,
or
both
1
a
fine
and
imprisonment.
The
court
may
order
the
person
2
to
perform
unpaid
community
service
instead
of
any
fine
or
3
imprisonment.
4
c.
A
third
or
subsequent
offense
is
a
serious
misdemeanor
5
and
a
conviction
is
punishable
by
imprisonment
not
exceeding
6
thirty
days
or
a
fine
not
exceeding
one
thousand
dollars,
or
7
both
a
fine
and
imprisonment.
The
court
may
order
the
person
8
to
perform
unpaid
community
service
instead
of
any
fine
or
9
imprisonment.
10
2.
If
community
service
is
imposed
as
part
of
a
sentencing
11
order,
the
court
may
require
that
part
or
all
of
the
service
be
12
performed
for
a
public
school
district
or
nonpublic
school
if
13
the
court
finds
that
service
in
the
school
is
appropriate
under
14
the
circumstances.
15
3.
If
a
parent,
guardian,
or
legal
or
actual
custodian
of
a
16
child
who
is
truant,
has
made
reasonable
efforts
to
comply
with
17
the
provisions
of
sections
299.1
through
299.5
,
but
is
unable
18
to
cause
the
child
to
attend
school,
the
parent,
guardian,
19
or
legal
or
actual
custodian
may
file
an
affidavit
listing
20
the
reasonable
efforts
made
by
the
parent,
guardian,
or
legal
21
or
actual
custodian
to
cause
the
child’s
attendance
and
the
22
parent,
guardian,
or
legal
or
actual
custodian
shall
not
be
23
criminally
liable
for
the
child’s
nonattendance.
24
Sec.
74.
Section
306C.18,
subsection
4,
Code
2013,
is
25
amended
to
read
as
follows:
26
4.
The
fee
for
both
types
of
permits
for
calendar
years
27
1997
and
1998
shall
be
one
hundred
dollars
for
the
initial
28
fee
and
fifteen
dollars
for
each
annual
renewal
for
signs
29
up
to
three
hundred
seventy-five
square
feet
in
area,
30
twenty-five
dollars
for
each
annual
renewal
for
signs
at
least
31
three
hundred
seventy-six,
but
not
more
than
nine
hundred
32
ninety-nine,
square
feet
in
area,
and
fifty
dollars
for
each
33
annual
renewal
for
signs
one
thousand
square
feet
or
more
in
34
area.
Beginning
January
1,
1999,
fees
shall
be
as
determined
35
-28-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
28/
163
H.F.
_____
by
rule
by
the
department.
The
fees
collected
for
the
above
1
permits
shall
be
credited
to
a
special
account
entitled
the
2
“highway
highway
beautification
fund”
fund
created
in
section
3
306C.11,
subsection
5,
and
all
salaries
and
expenses
incurred
4
in
administering
this
chapter
shall
be
paid
from
this
fund
or
5
from
specific
appropriations
for
this
purpose,
except
that
6
surveillance
of,
and
removal
of,
advertising
devices
performed
7
by
regular
maintenance
personnel
are
not
to
be
charged
against
8
the
account
fund
.
9
Sec.
75.
Section
313.43,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
10
follows:
11
313.43
Lateral
or
detour
routes
in
cities.
12
1.
Any
city
located
on
the
primary
road
system
and
in
which
13
the
primary
road
extension
as
officially
designated
does
not
14
pass
through
the
main
part
or
business
district
of
such
city,
15
may
designate
and
mark
a
lateral
or
detour
route
in
order
to
16
facilitate
such
primary
road
traffic
as
may
desire
to
get
into
17
and
out
of
such
business
district.
18
2.
Lateral
or
detour
routes
shall
be
marked
with
standard
19
markings
adopted
by
the
department
for
that
purpose,
which
20
markings
shall
clearly
indicate
that
the
lateral
route
is
not
21
the
official
primary
road
extension
but
is
in
fact
a
lateral
or
22
detour
extending
to
the
business
district.
23
3.
The
cost
of
the
markings
shall
be
without
expense
to
the
24
state.
25
Sec.
76.
Section
313.64,
unnumbered
paragraph
1,
Code
2013,
26
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
27
Should
If
the
department
accept
accepts
the
offer
of
any
28
bridge
over
a
boundary
stream
and
enter
enters
into
a
written
29
agreement
in
relation
thereto
to
the
bridge
as
provided
in
30
sections
313.59
to
313.63,
this
section,
and
section
313.65
,
31
the
owner
or
operator
of
such
the
bridge
shall
thereafter
and
32
until
all
indebtedness
or
other
obligations
against
such
the
33
bridge
have
been
paid
and
discharged
annually
file
with
the
34
department
a
sworn
statement
of
its
financial
condition.
Such
35
-29-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
29/
163
H.F.
_____
The
statement
shall
show
funds
on
hand
and
indebtedness
at
1
the
beginning
and
end
of
the
year,
receipts,
disbursements,
2
indebtedness
retired
during
the
year
and
any
other
information
3
required
by
the
department
to
show
the
true
and
complete
4
condition
of
the
finances
with
respect
to
such
the
bridge
and
5
bridge
approaches
thereto
.
6
Sec.
77.
Section
321.98,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
7
follows:
8
321.98
Operation
without
registration.
9
1.
A
Except
as
otherwise
expressly
permitted
in
this
10
chapter,
a
person
shall
not
operate
and
an
owner
shall
not
11
knowingly
permit
to
be
operated
upon
any
highway
any
vehicle
12
required
to
be
registered
and
titled
hereunder
under
this
13
chapter
unless
there
shall
be
:
14
a.
A
valid
registration
card
and
registration
plate
or
15
plates
issued
for
the
vehicle
for
the
current
registration
year
16
are
attached
thereto
to
and
displayed
thereon
on
the
vehicle
17
when
and
as
required
by
this
chapter
a
valid
registration
18
card
and
registration
plate
or
plates
issued
therefor
for
the
19
current
registration
year
;
and
unless
a
20
b.
A
certificate
of
title
has
been
issued
for
such
the
21
vehicle
except
as
otherwise
expressly
permitted
in
this
22
chapter
.
23
2.
Any
violation
of
this
section
is
a
simple
misdemeanor
24
punishable
as
a
scheduled
violation
under
section
805.8A,
25
subsection
2
.
26
Sec.
78.
Section
321.180B,
subsection
1,
paragraphs
c,
d,
27
and
e,
Code
2013,
are
amended
to
read
as
follows:
28
c.
(1)
Except
as
otherwise
provided,
a
permittee
who
29
is
less
than
eighteen
years
of
age
and
who
is
operating
30
a
motor
vehicle
must
be
accompanied
by
a
person
issued
a
31
driver’s
license
valid
for
the
vehicle
operated
who
is
the
32
parent,
guardian,
or
custodian
of
the
permittee,
a
member
of
33
the
permittee’s
immediate
family
if
the
family
member
is
at
34
least
twenty-one
years
of
age,
an
approved
driver
education
35
-30-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
30/
163
H.F.
_____
instructor,
a
prospective
driver
education
instructor
who
is
1
enrolled
in
a
practitioner
preparation
program
with
a
safety
2
education
program
approved
by
the
state
board
of
education,
3
or
a
person
at
least
twenty-five
years
of
age
if
written
4
permission
is
granted
by
the
parent,
guardian,
or
custodian,
5
and
who
is
actually
occupying
a
seat
beside
the
driver.
A
6
permittee
shall
not
operate
a
motor
vehicle
if
the
number
of
7
passengers
in
the
motor
vehicle
exceeds
the
number
of
passenger
8
safety
belts
in
the
motor
vehicle.
If
the
applicant
for
an
9
instruction
permit
holds
a
driver’s
license
issued
in
this
10
state
valid
for
the
operation
of
a
motorized
bicycle
or
a
11
motorcycle,
the
instruction
permit
shall
be
valid
for
such
12
operation
without
the
requirement
of
an
accompanying
person.
13
d.
(2)
However,
if
If
the
permittee
is
operating
a
14
motorcycle
in
accordance
with
this
section
,
the
accompanying
15
person
must
be
within
audible
and
visual
communications
16
distance
from
the
permittee
and
be
accompanying
the
permittee
17
on
or
in
a
different
motor
vehicle.
Only
one
permittee
shall
18
be
under
the
immediate
supervision
of
an
accompanying
qualified
19
person.
20
e.
d.
A
permittee
shall
not
be
penalized
for
failing
21
to
have
the
instruction
permit
in
the
permittee’s
immediate
22
possession
if
the
permittee
produces
in
court,
within
a
23
reasonable
time,
an
instruction
permit
issued
to
the
permittee
24
and
valid
at
the
time
of
the
permittee’s
arrest
or
at
the
time
25
the
permittee
was
charged
with
failure
to
have
the
permit
in
26
the
permittee’s
immediate
possession.
27
Sec.
79.
Section
321.188,
subsection
6,
paragraph
c,
Code
28
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
29
c.
An
applicant
who
obtains
a
driving
skills
test
waiver
30
under
this
subsection
shall
take
and
successfully
pass
the
31
knowledge
test
required
pursuant
to
subsection
1
.
32
Sec.
80.
Section
321.276,
subsection
5,
Code
2013,
is
33
amended
to
read
as
follows:
34
5.
a.
A
peace
officer
shall
not
stop
or
detain
a
person
35
-31-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
31/
163
H.F.
_____
solely
for
a
suspected
violation
of
this
section
.
This
section
1
is
enforceable
by
a
peace
officer
only
as
a
secondary
action
2
when
the
driver
of
a
motor
vehicle
has
been
stopped
or
detained
3
for
a
suspected
violation
of
another
provision
of
this
chapter
,
4
a
local
ordinance
equivalent
to
a
provision
of
this
chapter
,
5
or
other
law.
6
b.
6.
For
the
period
beginning
July
1,
2010,
through
June
7
30,
2011,
peace
officers
shall
issue
only
warning
citations
for
8
violations
of
this
section
.
The
department,
in
cooperation
9
with
the
department
of
public
safety,
shall
establish
10
educational
programs
to
foster
compliance
with
the
requirements
11
of
this
section
.
12
Sec.
81.
Section
321.285,
subsection
7,
Code
2013,
is
13
amended
to
read
as
follows:
14
7.
A
person
who
violates
this
section
for
excessive
speed
15
in
violation
of
a
speed
limit
commits
a
simple
misdemeanor
16
punishable
as
a
scheduled
violation
under
section
805.8A,
17
subsection
5
,
paragraph
“a”
.
A
person
who
violates
this
section
18
for
excessive
speed
as
an
operator
of
a
school
bus
commits
a
19
simple
misdemeanor
punishable
as
a
scheduled
violation
under
20
section
805.8A,
subsection
10
.
A
person
who
violates
any
other
21
provision
of
this
section
commits
a
simple
misdemeanor.
22
Sec.
82.
Section
321.341,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
23
follows:
24
321.341
Obedience
to
signal
indicating
approach
of
railroad
25
train
or
railroad
track
equipment.
26
1.
When
a
person
driving
a
vehicle
approaches
a
railroad
27
grade
crossing
and
warning
is
given
by
automatic
signal,
28
crossing
gates,
a
flag
person,
or
otherwise
of
the
immediate
29
approach
of
a
railroad
train
or
railroad
track
equipment,
the
30
driver
of
the
vehicle
shall
stop
the
vehicle
within
fifty
feet
31
but
not
less
than
fifteen
feet
from
the
nearest
rail
and
shall
32
not
proceed
until
the
driver
can
do
so
safely.
33
2.
The
driver
of
a
vehicle
shall
stop
the
vehicle
and
the
34
vehicle
shall
remain
standing
and
not
traverse
such
a
grade
35
-32-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
32/
163
H.F.
_____
crossing
when
a
crossing
gate
is
lowered
or
when
a
human
1
flagman
gives
or
continues
to
give
a
signal
of
the
approach
or
2
passage
of
a
railroad
train
or
railroad
track
equipment.
3
Sec.
83.
Section
321.354,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
4
follows:
5
321.354
Stopping
on
traveled
way.
6
1.
Upon
any
highway
outside
of
a
business
district,
rural
7
residence
district
or
residence
district
a
A
person
shall
not
8
stop,
park,
or
leave
standing
a
an
attended
or
unattended
9
vehicle
,
whether
attended
or
unattended
upon
any
highway
10
outside
of
a
business
district,
rural
residence
district,
or
11
residence
district
as
follows
:
12
1.
a.
Upon
the
paved
part
of
the
highway
when
it
is
13
practical
to
stop,
park,
or
leave
the
vehicle
off
that
part
14
of
the
highway,
however,
a
clear
and
unobstructed
width
of
at
15
least
twenty
feet
of
the
paved
part
of
the
highway
opposite
the
16
standing
vehicle
shall
be
left
for
the
free
passage
of
other
17
vehicles.
As
used
in
this
subsection
,
“paved
highway”
includes
18
an
asphalt
surfaced
highway.
19
2.
b.
Upon
the
main
traveled
part
of
a
highway
other
than
20
a
paved
highway
when
it
is
practical
to
stop,
park,
or
leave
21
the
vehicle
off
that
part
of
the
highway.
However,
a
clear
and
22
unobstructed
width
of
that
part
of
the
highway
opposite
the
23
standing
vehicle
shall
be
left
to
allow
for
the
free
passage
24
of
other
vehicles.
25
2.
A
clear
view
of
the
stopped
vehicle
shall
be
available
26
from
a
distance
of
two
hundred
feet
in
each
direction
upon
27
the
highway.
However,
school
buses
may
stop
on
the
highway
28
for
receiving
and
discharging
pupils
and
all
other
vehicles
29
shall
stop
for
school
buses
which
are
stopped
to
receive
30
or
discharge
pupils,
as
provided
in
section
321.372
.
This
31
section
does
not
apply
to
a
vehicle
making
a
turn
as
provided
32
in
section
321.311
.
This
section
also
does
not
apply
to
the
33
stopping
or
parking
of
a
maintenance
vehicle
operated
by
a
34
highway
authority
on
the
main
traveled
way
of
any
roadway
35
-33-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
33/
163
H.F.
_____
when
necessary
to
the
function
being
performed
and
when
early
1
warning
devices
are
properly
displayed.
2
Sec.
84.
Section
321.498,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
3
amended
to
read
as
follows:
4
2.
a.
The
term
“nonresident”
“Nonresident”
shall
include
5
any
person
who
was,
at
the
time
of
the
accident
or
event,
a
6
resident
of
the
state
of
Iowa
but
who
removed
from
the
state
7
before
the
commencement
of
such
action
or
proceedings.
8
b.
“Person”
shall
mean:
9
(1)
The
owner
of
the
vehicle
whether
it
is
being
used
and
10
operated
personally
by
the
owner,
or
by
the
owner’s
agent.
11
(2)
An
agent
using
and
operating
the
vehicle
for
the
agent’s
12
principal.
13
(3)
Any
person
who
is
in
charge
of
the
vehicle
and
of
the
14
use
and
operation
thereof
with
the
express
or
implied
consent
15
of
the
owner.
16
Sec.
85.
Section
321G.20,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
17
amended
to
read
as
follows:
18
2.
While
operating
a
snowmobile
on
a
designated
snowmobile
19
trail,
public
land,
or
public
ice,
a
person
twelve
through
20
fifteen
years
of
age
and
possessing
shall
possess
a
valid
21
education
certificate
issued
under
this
chapter
and
must
be
22
under
the
direct
supervision
of
a
parent,
guardian,
or
another
23
adult
authorized
by
the
parent
or
guardian,
who
is
experienced
24
in
snowmobile
operation
and
possesses
a
valid
driver’s
license,
25
as
defined
in
section
321.1
,
or
an
education
certificate
issued
26
under
this
chapter
.
27
Sec.
86.
Section
321J.24,
subsection
5,
paragraph
a,
28
subparagraph
(2),
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
29
(2)
A
facility
for
the
treatment
of
chemical
substance
abuse
30
persons
with
substance-related
disorders
as
defined
in
section
31
125.2
,
under
the
supervision
of
appropriately
licensed
medical
32
personnel.
33
Sec.
87.
Section
321J.25,
subsection
2,
paragraph
b,
Code
34
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
35
-34-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
34/
163
H.F.
_____
b.
A
facility
for
the
treatment
of
chemical
substance
abuse
1
persons
with
substance-related
disorders
as
defined
in
section
2
125.2
,
under
the
supervision
of
appropriately
licensed
medical
3
personnel.
4
Sec.
88.
Section
331.321,
subsection
1,
paragraph
e,
Code
5
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
6
e.
A
temporary
board
of
community
mental
health
center
7
trustees
in
accordance
with
section
230A.4
230A.110,
subsection
8
3,
paragraph
“b”
,
when
the
board
decides
to
establish
a
9
community
mental
health
center,
and
members
to
fill
vacancies
10
in
accordance
with
section
230A.6
230A.110,
subsection
3,
11
paragraph
“b”
.
12
Sec.
89.
Section
331.392,
subsection
2,
paragraph
i,
Code
13
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
14
i.
Provisions
for
formation
and
assigned
responsibilities
15
for
one
or
more
advisory
committees
consisting
of
individuals
16
who
utilize
services
or
actively
involved
relatives
of
such
17
individuals,
service
providers,
governing
board
members,
18
and
persons
representing
other
interests
identified
in
the
19
agreement.
20
Sec.
90.
Section
331.395,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
21
follows:
22
331.395
Financial
eligibility
requirements.
23
1.
A
person
must
comply
with
all
of
the
following
financial
24
eligibility
requirements
to
be
eligible
for
services
under
the
25
regional
service
system:
26
1.
a.
The
person
must
have
an
income
equal
to
or
less
than
27
one
hundred
fifty
percent
of
the
federal
poverty
level,
as
28
defined
by
the
most
recently
revised
poverty
income
guidelines
29
published
by
the
United
States
department
of
health
and
human
30
services,
to
be
eligible
for
regional
service
system
public
31
funding.
It
is
the
intent
of
the
general
assembly
to
consider
32
increasing
this
income
eligibility
provision
to
two
hundred
33
percent
of
the
federal
poverty
level.
34
2.
a.
A
region
or
a
service
provider
contracting
with
the
35
-35-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
35/
163
H.F.
_____
region
shall
not
apply
a
copayment,
sliding
fee
scale,
or
other
1
cost-sharing
requirement
for
a
particular
service
to
a
person
2
with
an
income
equal
to
or
less
than
one
hundred
fifty
percent
3
of
the
federal
poverty
level.
4
b.
Notwithstanding
subsection
1
,
a
person
with
an
income
5
above
one
hundred
fifty
percent
of
the
federal
poverty
level
6
may
be
eligible
for
services
subject
to
a
copayment,
sliding
7
fee
scale,
or
other
cost-sharing
requirement
approved
by
the
8
department.
9
c.
A
provider
under
the
regional
service
system
of
a
service
10
that
is
not
funded
by
the
medical
assistance
program
under
11
chapter
249A
may
waive
the
copayment
or
other
cost-sharing
12
arrangement
if
the
provider
is
not
reimbursed
for
the
cost
with
13
public
funds.
14
3.
b.
A
person
who
is
eligible
for
federally
funded
15
services
and
other
support
must
apply
for
such
services
and
16
support.
17
4.
c.
The
person
is
must
be
in
compliance
with
resource
18
limitations
identified
in
rule
adopted
by
the
state
commission.
19
The
limitation
shall
be
derived
from
the
federal
supplemental
20
security
income
program
resource
limitations.
A
person
with
21
resources
above
the
federal
supplemental
security
income
22
program
resource
limitations
may
be
eligible
subject
to
23
limitations
adopted
in
rule
by
the
state
commission
pursuant
24
to
a
recommendation
made
by
the
department.
If
a
person
does
25
not
qualify
for
federally
funded
services
and
other
support
but
26
meets
income,
resource,
and
functional
eligibility
requirements
27
for
regional
services,
the
following
types
of
resources
shall
28
be
disregarded:
29
a.
(1)
A
retirement
account
that
is
in
the
accumulation
30
stage.
31
b.
(2)
A
burial,
medical
savings,
or
assistive
technology
32
account.
33
2.
a.
A
region
or
a
service
provider
contracting
with
the
34
region
shall
not
apply
a
copayment,
sliding
fee
scale,
or
other
35
-36-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
36/
163
H.F.
_____
cost-sharing
requirement
for
a
particular
service
to
a
person
1
with
an
income
equal
to
or
less
than
one
hundred
fifty
percent
2
of
the
federal
poverty
level.
3
b.
Notwithstanding
subsection
1,
paragraph
“a”
,
a
person
4
with
an
income
above
one
hundred
fifty
percent
of
the
federal
5
poverty
level
may
be
eligible
for
services
subject
to
a
6
copayment,
sliding
fee
scale,
or
other
cost-sharing
requirement
7
approved
by
the
department.
8
c.
A
provider
under
the
regional
service
system
of
a
service
9
that
is
not
funded
by
the
medical
assistance
program
under
10
chapter
249A
may
waive
the
copayment
or
other
cost-sharing
11
arrangement
if
the
provider
is
not
reimbursed
for
the
cost
with
12
public
funds.
13
Sec.
91.
Section
331.606A,
subsection
3,
Code
2013,
is
14
amended
to
read
as
follows:
15
3.
Redaction
from
electronic
documents.
Personally
16
identifiable
information
that
is
contained
in
electronic
17
documents
that
are
displayed
for
public
access
on
a
website
an
18
internet
site
,
or
which
are
transferred
to
any
person,
shall
19
be
redacted
prior
to
displaying
or
transferring
the
documents.
20
Each
recorder
that
displays
electronic
documents
and
the
21
county
land
record
information
system
that
displays
electronic
22
documents
on
behalf
of
a
county
shall
implement
a
system
for
23
redacting
personally
identifiable
information.
The
recorder
24
and
the
governing
board
of
the
county
land
record
information
25
system
shall
establish
a
procedure
by
which
individuals
may
26
request
that
personally
identifiable
information
contained
27
in
an
electronic
document
displayed
on
a
website
an
internet
28
site
be
redacted,
at
no
fee
to
the
requesting
individual.
The
29
requirements
of
this
subsection
shall
be
fully
implemented
not
30
later
than
December
31,
2011.
31
Sec.
92.
Section
331.606A,
subsection
6,
paragraph
b,
Code
32
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
33
b.
Subsection
3
shall
not
apply
to
a
military
separation
34
or
discharge
record,
a
birth
record,
a
death
certificate,
35
-37-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
37/
163
H.F.
_____
or
marriage
certificate
unless
such
record
or
certificate
1
is
incorporated
within
another
document
or
instrument
that
2
is
recorded
and
displayed
for
public
access
on
a
website
an
3
internet
site
.
4
Sec.
93.
Section
331.653,
subsection
33,
Code
2013,
is
5
amended
to
read
as
follows:
6
33.
Carry
out
duties
relating
to
the
enforcement
of
laws
7
prohibiting
the
operation
of
a
motor
vehicle
while
under
the
8
influence
of
an
alcoholic
beverage
intoxicated
as
provided
in
9
chapter
321J
.
10
Sec.
94.
Section
341A.15,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
11
follows:
12
341A.15
Leave
of
absence.
13
Leave
of
absence,
without
pay,
may
be
granted
by
any
county
14
sheriff
to
any
person
under
civil
service
,
however,
the
.
The
15
sheriff
shall
give
notice
of
leave
to
the
commission.
16
Sec.
95.
Section
357A.11,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
17
amended
to
read
as
follows:
18
1.
Adopt
rules,
regulations,
and
rate
schedules
in
19
conformity
with
the
provisions
of
this
Act
chapter
and
the
20
bylaws
of
the
district
as
necessary
for
the
conduct
of
the
21
business
of
the
district.
22
Sec.
96.
Section
357E.9,
subsection
1,
paragraph
b,
Code
23
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
24
b.
(1)
For
districts
in
existence
on
July
1,
2011,
the
25
number
of
trustees,
other
than
those
appointed
under
subsection
26
2
,
shall
be
increased
from
three
trustees
to
seven
trustees.
27
For
the
initial
seven-member
board
under
this
paragraph
“b”
,
the
28
board
of
supervisors
shall
appoint
four
trustees.
One
trustee
29
shall
be
appointed
to
serve
for
one
year,
one
for
two
years,
30
and
two
for
three
years.
The
term
of
each
trustee
appointed
31
under
this
paragraph
subparagraph
shall
expire
on
the
same
date
32
as
the
term
of
the
current
trustee
whose
term
expires
during
33
the
same
year.
34
(2)
This
paragraph
“b”
is
repealed
on
July
1,
2018.
35
-38-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
38/
163
H.F.
_____
Sec.
97.
Section
368.26,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
1
follows:
2
368.26
Annexation
of
certain
property
——
compliance
with
less
3
stringent
regulations.
4
1.
A
city
ordinance
or
regulation
that
regulates
a
5
condition
or
activity
occurring
on
protected
farmland
or
6
regulates
a
person
who
owns
and
operates
protected
farmland
is
7
unenforceable
against
the
owner
of
the
protected
farmland
for
a
8
period
of
ten
years
from
the
effective
date
of
the
annexation,
9
to
the
extent
the
city
ordinance
or
regulation
is
more
10
stringent
than
county
legislation.
Section
335.2
shall
apply
11
to
the
protected
farmland
until
the
owner
of
the
protected
12
farmland
determines
that
the
land
will
no
longer
be
operated
as
13
an
agricultural
operation.
Any
enforcement
activity
conducted
14
in
violation
of
this
section
is
void.
15
2.
A
“condition
For
purposes
of
this
section:
16
a.
“Condition
or
activity
occurring
on
protected
farmland”
17
includes
but
is
not
limited
to
the
raising,
harvesting,
18
drying,
or
storage
of
crops;
the
marketing
of
products
at
19
roadside
stands
or
farm
markets;
the
creation
of
noise,
odor,
20
dust,
or
fumes;
the
production,
care,
feeding,
or
housing
21
of
animals
including
but
not
limited
to
the
construction,
22
operation,
or
management
of
an
animal
feeding
operation,
an
23
animal
feeding
operation
structure,
or
aerobic
structure,
and
24
to
the
storage,
handling,
or
application
of
manure
or
egg
25
washwater;
the
operation
of
machinery
including
but
not
limited
26
to
planting
and
harvesting
equipment,
grain
dryers,
grain
27
handling
equipment,
and
irrigation
pumps;
ground
and
aerial
28
seeding
and
spraying;
the
application
of
chemical
fertilizers,
29
conditioners,
insecticides,
pesticides,
and
herbicides;
and
the
30
employment
and
use
of
labor.
31
b.
“County
legislation”
means
any
ordinance,
motion,
32
resolution,
or
amendment
adopted
by
a
county
pursuant
to
33
section
331.302.
34
c.
For
the
purposes
of
this
section
,
“protected
“Protected
35
-39-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
39/
163
H.F.
_____
farmland”
means
land
that
is
part
of
a
century
farm
as
that
term
1
is
defined
in
section
403.17,
subsection
10
.
For
the
purposes
2
of
this
section
,
“county
legislation”
means
any
ordinance,
3
motion,
resolution,
or
amendment
adopted
by
a
county
pursuant
4
to
section
331.302
.
5
Sec.
98.
Section
411.6,
subsection
16,
paragraph
a,
6
subparagraph
(1),
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
7
(1)
The
disability
would
not
exist
but
for
the
member’s
8
chemical
dependency
,
as
defined
in
section
125.2
,
on
a
schedule
9
I
controlled
substance,
as
defined
in
section
124.204
,
or
10
the
member’s
chemical
dependency
on
a
schedule
II
controlled
11
substance,
as
defined
in
section
124.206
,
resulting
from
the
12
inappropriate
use
of
the
schedule
II
controlled
substance.
For
13
purposes
of
this
subparagraph,
“chemical
dependency”
means
an
14
addiction
or
dependency,
either
physical
or
psychological,
on
15
a
chemical
substance.
Persons
who
take
medically
prescribed
16
drugs
shall
not
be
considered
chemically
dependent
if
the
drug
17
is
medically
prescribed
and
the
intake
is
proportionate
to
the
18
medical
need.
19
Sec.
99.
Section
419.1,
subsection
12,
paragraph
c,
Code
20
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
21
c.
Purposes
that
are
eligible
for
financing
from
qualified
22
midwestern
disaster
area
bonds
authorized
under
the
federal
23
Emergency
Economic
Stabilization
Act
of
2008,
Pub.
L.
No.
24
110-185
110-343
,
together
with
any
other
financing
necessary
or
25
desirable
in
connection
with
such
purposes.
26
Sec.
100.
Section
420.224,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
27
follows:
28
420.224
Limitation
on
resale
by
city.
29
No
property
Property
which
may
be
sold
at
tax
sale
to
any
30
such
city
shall
not
be
offered
at
any
sale
for
taxes
or
special
31
assessments,
collectible
by
such
city,
while
it
holds
the
32
certificate
of
purchase
thereof
or
tax
deed
thereon
except
33
only
as
follows:
In
the
event
that
if
any
special
assessment
34
or
installment
thereof
levied
by
any
such
city
prior
to
April
35
-40-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
40/
163
H.F.
_____
22,
1941,
shall
be
or
become
delinquent
after
purchase
of
such
1
property
at
tax
sale
by
the
city,
then
the
property
against
2
which
the
same
was
levied
may
be
sold
therefor
only
at
the
3
first
regular
tax
sale
of
such
city
occurring
within
such
a
4
period
of
time
after
delinquency
that
sale
for
such
assessment
5
or
installment
might
lawfully
be
made
at
such
first
regular
tax
6
sale.
Nothing
in
sections
420.220
to
420.229
shall
prevent
7
the
sale
of
property
for
any
unpaid
taxes
collectible
by
the
8
county.
9
Sec.
101.
Section
421.30,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
10
amended
to
read
as
follows:
11
1.
There
A
reassessment
expense
fund
is
created
in
the
12
office
of
the
treasurer
of
state
a
“reassessment
expense
13
fund”
for
the
purpose
of
providing
loans
to
a
city
and
county
14
conference
board
for
conducting
reassessments
of
property.
15
There
is
appropriated
to
the
reassessment
expense
fund
from
the
16
general
fund
of
the
state
from
any
unappropriated
funds
in
the
17
general
fund
of
the
state
such
funds
as
are
necessary
to
carry
18
out
the
provisions
of
this
section
,
section
421.17,
subsection
19
19
,
and
the
last
paragraph
of
section
441.19
,
subsection
2,
20
subject
to
the
approval
of
the
director
of
revenue.
Repayment
21
of
loans
shall
be
credited
to
the
fund.
22
Sec.
102.
Section
421C.4,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
23
amended
to
read
as
follows:
24
1.
As
used
in
this
section
,
“county
attorney”
means
a
single
25
county
attorney
office
or
a
group
of
county
attorney
offices
26
whose
counties
have
entered
into
an
agreement
pursuant
to
27
chapter
28E
and
pursuant
to
section
602.8107,
subsection
4
,
to
28
collect
delinquent
court
debt.
29
Sec.
103.
Section
423B.1,
subsection
4,
paragraph
a,
Code
30
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
31
a.
A
county
board
of
supervisors
shall
direct
within
32
thirty
days
the
county
commissioner
of
elections
to
submit
the
33
question
of
imposition
of
a
local
vehicle
tax
or
a
local
sales
34
and
services
tax
to
the
registered
voters
of
the
incorporated
35
-41-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
41/
163
H.F.
_____
and
unincorporated
areas
of
the
county
upon
receipt
of
a
1
petition,
requesting
imposition
of
a
local
vehicle
tax
or
a
2
local
sales
and
services
tax,
signed
by
eligible
electors
of
3
the
whole
county
equal
in
number
to
five
percent
of
the
persons
4
in
the
whole
county
who
voted
at
the
last
preceding
state
5
general
election.
In
the
case
of
a
local
vehicle
tax,
the
6
petition
requesting
imposition
shall
specify
the
rate
of
tax
7
and
the
classes,
if
any,
that
are
to
be
exempt.
If
more
than
8
one
valid
petition
is
received,
the
earliest
received
petition
9
shall
be
used.
10
Sec.
104.
Section
423B.2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
11
follows:
12
423B.2
Local
vehicle
tax.
13
1.
An
annual
local
vehicle
tax
at
the
rate
per
vehicle
14
specified
on
the
ballot
proposition
may
be
imposed
by
a
15
county
on
every
vehicle
which
is
required
by
the
state
to
16
be
registered
by
the
state
and
is
registered
with
the
county
17
treasurer
to
a
person
residing
within
the
county
where
the
tax
18
is
imposed
at
the
time
of
the
renewal
of
the
registration
of
19
the
vehicle.
The
local
vehicle
tax
shall
be
imposed
only
on
20
the
renewals
of
registrations
and
shall
be
payable
during
the
21
registration
renewal
periods
provided
under
section
321.40
.
22
2.
The
county
imposing
the
tax
shall
provide
for
the
23
exemption
of
each
class,
if
any,
of
vehicles
for
which
an
24
exemption
was
listed
on
the
ballot
proposition.
25
3.
For
the
purpose
of
the
tax
authorized
by
this
section
,
26
“person”
and
“registration
year”
mean
:
27
a.
“Person”
means
the
same
as
defined
in
section
321.1.
28
b.
“Registration
year”
means
the
same
as
defined
in
section
29
321.1
,
and
“vehicle”
.
30
c.
“Vehicle”
means
motor
vehicle
as
defined
in
section
321.1
31
which
is
subject
to
registration
under
section
321.18
,
and
32
which
is
registered
with
the
county
treasurer.
33
Sec.
105.
Section
427B.17,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
34
follows:
35
-42-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
42/
163
H.F.
_____
427B.17
Property
subject
to
special
valuation.
1
1.
For
purposes
of
this
section:
2
a.
“Electric
power
generating
plant”
means
any
nameplate
3
rated
electric
power
generating
plant,
in
which
electric
energy
4
is
produced
from
other
forms
of
energy,
including
all
taxable
5
land,
buildings,
and
equipment
used
in
the
production
of
such
6
energy.
7
b.
“Net
acquisition
cost”
means
the
acquired
cost
of
the
8
property
including
all
foundations
and
installation
cost
less
9
any
excess
cost
adjustment.
10
c.
“Net
actual
generation”
means
net
electrical
megawatt
11
hours
produced
by
the
unit
during
the
preceding
assessment
12
year.
13
d.
“Net
capacity
factor”
means
net
actual
generation
divided
14
by
the
product
of
net
maximum
capacity
times
the
number
of
15
hours
the
unit
was
in
the
active
state
during
the
assessment
16
year.
Upon
commissioning,
a
unit
is
in
the
active
state
until
17
it
is
decommissioned.
18
e.
“Net
maximum
capacity”
means
the
capacity
the
unit
can
19
sustain
over
a
specified
period
when
not
restricted
by
ambient
20
conditions
or
equipment
deratings,
minus
the
losses
associated
21
with
station
service
or
auxiliary
loads.
22
1.
2.
For
property
defined
in
section
427A.1,
subsection
23
1
,
paragraphs
“e”
and
“j”
,
the
taxpayer’s
valuation
shall
be
24
limited
to
thirty
percent
of
the
net
acquisition
cost
of
the
25
property,
except
as
otherwise
provided
in
subsections
2
3
and
3
26
4
.
For
purposes
of
this
section
,
“net
acquisition
cost”
means
27
the
acquired
cost
of
the
property
including
all
foundations
and
28
installation
cost
less
any
excess
cost
adjustment.
29
2.
3.
Property
defined
in
section
427A.1,
subsection
1
,
30
paragraphs
“e”
and
“j”
,
which
is
first
assessed
for
taxation
in
31
this
state
on
or
after
January
1,
1995,
shall
be
exempt
from
32
taxation.
33
3.
4.
Property
defined
in
section
427A.1,
subsection
1
,
34
paragraphs
“e”
and
“j”
,
and
assessed
under
subsection
1
2
of
35
-43-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
43/
163
H.F.
_____
this
section
,
shall
be
valued
by
the
local
assessor
as
follows
1
for
the
following
assessment
years:
2
a.
For
the
assessment
year
beginning
January
1,
1999,
at
3
twenty-two
percent
of
the
net
acquisition
cost.
4
b.
For
the
assessment
year
beginning
January
1,
2000,
at
5
fourteen
percent
of
the
net
acquisition
cost.
6
c.
For
the
assessment
year
beginning
January
1,
2001,
at
six
7
percent
of
the
net
acquisition
cost.
8
d.
For
the
assessment
year
beginning
January
1,
2002,
9
and
succeeding
assessment
years,
at
zero
percent
of
the
net
10
acquisition
cost.
11
4.
5.
Property
assessed
pursuant
to
this
section
shall
12
not
be
eligible
to
receive
a
partial
exemption
under
sections
13
427B.1
to
427B.6
.
14
5.
This
section
shall
not
apply
to
property
assessed
by
the
15
department
of
revenue
pursuant
to
sections
428.24
to
428.29
,
or
16
chapters
433
,
434
,
437
,
437A
,
and
438
,
and
such
property
shall
17
not
receive
the
benefits
of
this
section
.
18
Any
electric
power
generating
plant
which
operated
during
19
the
preceding
assessment
year
at
a
net
capacity
factor
of
more
20
than
twenty
percent,
shall
not
receive
the
benefits
of
this
21
section
or
of
section
15.332
.
For
purposes
of
this
section
,
22
“electric
power
generating
plant”
means
any
nameplate
rated
23
electric
power
generating
plant,
in
which
electric
energy
is
24
produced
from
other
forms
of
energy,
including
all
taxable
25
land,
buildings,
and
equipment
used
in
the
production
of
such
26
energy.
“Net
capacity
factor”
means
net
actual
generation
27
divided
by
the
product
of
net
maximum
capacity
times
the
28
number
of
hours
the
unit
was
in
the
active
state
during
the
29
assessment
year.
Upon
commissioning,
a
unit
is
in
the
active
30
state
until
it
is
decommissioned.
“Net
actual
generation”
means
31
net
electrical
megawatt
hours
produced
by
the
unit
during
the
32
preceding
assessment
year.
“Net
maximum
capacity”
means
the
33
capacity
the
unit
can
sustain
over
a
specified
period
when
not
34
restricted
by
ambient
conditions
or
equipment
deratings,
minus
35
-44-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
44/
163
H.F.
_____
the
losses
associated
with
station
service
or
auxiliary
loads.
1
6.
For
the
purpose
of
dividing
taxes
under
section
260E.4
,
2
the
employer’s
or
business’s
valuation
of
property
defined
3
in
section
427A.1,
subsection
1
,
paragraphs
“e”
and
“j”
,
and
4
used
to
fund
a
new
jobs
training
project
which
project’s
5
first
written
agreement
providing
for
a
division
of
taxes
as
6
provided
in
section
403.19
is
approved
on
or
before
June
30,
7
1995,
shall
be
limited
to
thirty
percent
of
the
net
acquisition
8
cost
of
the
property.
The
community
college
shall
notify
9
the
assessor
by
February
15
of
each
assessment
year
if
taxes
10
levied
against
such
property
of
an
employer
or
business
will
11
be
used
to
finance
a
project
in
the
following
fiscal
year.
12
In
any
fiscal
year
in
which
the
community
college
does
rely
13
on
taxes
levied
against
an
employer’s
or
business’s
property
14
defined
in
section
427A.1,
subsection
1
,
paragraph
“e”
or
15
“j”
,
to
finance
a
project,
such
property
shall
not
be
valued
16
pursuant
to
subsection
2
3
or
3
4
,
whichever
is
applicable,
17
for
that
fiscal
year.
An
employer’s
or
business’s
taxable
18
property
used
to
fund
a
new
jobs
training
project
shall
not
19
be
valued
pursuant
to
subsection
2
3
or
3
4
,
whichever
is
20
applicable,
until
the
assessment
year
following
the
calendar
21
year
in
which
the
certificates
or
other
funding
obligations
22
have
been
retired
or
escrowed.
If
the
certificates
issued,
23
or
other
funding
obligations
incurred,
between
January
1,
24
1982,
and
June
30,
1995,
are
refinanced
or
refunded
after
June
25
30,
1995,
the
valuation
of
such
property
shall
then
be
the
26
valuation
specified
in
subsection
2
3
or
3
4
,
whichever
is
27
applicable,
for
the
applicable
assessment
year
beginning
with
28
the
assessment
year
following
the
calendar
year
in
which
those
29
certificates
or
other
funding
obligations
are
refinanced
or
30
refunded
after
June
30,
1995.
31
7.
Notwithstanding
subsection
5
8
or
any
other
provision
32
to
the
contrary,
this
section
shall
be
applicable
to
a
new
33
cogeneration
facility
subject
to
the
assessed
value
provisions
34
of
section
437A.16A
,
but
the
exemptions
provided
in
this
35
-45-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
45/
163
H.F.
_____
section
shall
be
reduced
by
an
amount
bearing
the
same
ratio
1
to
the
value
of
the
property
that
is
exempt
pursuant
to
2
this
section
as
the
allowable
credit
under
section
437A.16A,
3
subsection
1
,
bears
to
the
assessable
value
of
the
entire
new
4
cogeneration
facility
before
the
application
of
any
abatements,
5
credits,
or
exemptions
against
that
value.
6
8.
a.
This
section
shall
not
apply
to
property
assessed
7
by
the
department
of
revenue
pursuant
to
sections
428.24
to
8
428.29,
or
chapters
433,
434,
437,
437A,
and
438,
and
such
9
property
shall
not
receive
the
benefits
of
this
section.
10
b.
Any
electric
power
generating
plant
which
operated
during
11
the
preceding
assessment
year
at
a
net
capacity
factor
of
more
12
than
twenty
percent,
shall
not
receive
the
benefits
of
this
13
section
or
of
section
15.332.
14
Sec.
106.
Section
432.12C,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
15
amended
to
read
as
follows:
16
2.
The
taxes
imposed
under
this
division
chapter
shall
17
be
reduced
by
investment
tax
credits
authorized
pursuant
to
18
sections
section
15.333A
and
section
15E.193B,
subsection
6
.
19
Sec.
107.
Section
441.4,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
20
follows:
21
441.4
Removal
of
member.
22
A
member
of
this
examining
board
may
be
removed
by
the
23
voting
unit
of
the
conference
board
by
which
the
member
was
24
appointed
but
only
after
specific
charges
have
been
filed
25
and
a
public
hearing
held,
if
a
hearing
is
requested
by
the
26
discharged
member
of
the
board.
Subsequent
appointments
and
an
27
appointment
to
fill
a
vacancy
shall
be
made
in
the
same
way
as
28
the
original
appointment.
29
Sec.
108.
Section
453B.7,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
30
amended
to
read
as
follows:
31
2.
On
each
gram
or
portion
of
a
gram
of
any
taxable
32
substance
,
other
than
marijuana,
sold
by
weight
other
than
33
marijuana
,
two
hundred
fifty
dollars.
34
Sec.
109.
Section
455B.301,
subsection
20,
Code
2013,
is
35
-46-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
46/
163
H.F.
_____
amended
to
read
as
follows:
1
20.
“Rubble”
means
dirt,
stone,
brick,
or
similar
inorganic
2
materials
used
for
beneficial
fill,
landscaping,
excavation,
3
or
grading
at
places
other
than
a
sanitary
disposal
project.
4
“Rubble”
includes
asphalt
waste
only
as
long
as
it
is
not
used
5
in
contact
with
water
or
in
a
floodplain.
For
purposes
of
this
6
chapter
,
“rubble”
does
not
mean
gypsum
or
gypsum
wallboard,
coal
7
combustion
residue,
foundry
sand,
or
other
industrial
process
8
wastes
unless
those
wastes
are
approved
by
the
department.
9
Sec.
110.
Section
455D.11,
subsection
7,
paragraph
c,
Code
10
2013,
is
amended
by
striking
the
paragraph.
11
Sec.
111.
Section
455F.7,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
12
amended
to
read
as
follows:
13
1.
A
retailer
offering
for
sale
or
selling
a
household
14
hazardous
material
shall
have
a
valid
permit
for
each
place
15
of
business
owned
or
operated
by
the
retailer
for
this
16
activity.
All
permits
provided
for
in
this
division
section
17
shall
expire
on
June
30
of
each
year.
Every
retailer
shall
18
submit
an
annual
application
by
July
1
of
each
year
and
a
19
fee
of
twenty-five
dollars
to
the
department
of
revenue
for
20
a
permit
upon
a
form
prescribed
by
the
director
of
revenue.
21
Permits
are
nonrefundable,
are
based
upon
an
annual
operating
22
period,
and
are
not
prorated.
A
person
in
violation
of
this
23
section
shall
be
subject
to
permit
revocation
upon
notice
and
24
hearing.
The
department
shall
remit
the
fees
collected
to
the
25
household
hazardous
waste
account
of
the
groundwater
protection
26
fund.
A
person
distributing
general
use
pesticides
labeled
for
27
agricultural
or
lawn
and
garden
use
with
gross
annual
pesticide
28
sales
of
less
than
ten
thousand
dollars
is
subject
to
the
29
requirements
and
fee
payment
prescribed
by
this
section
.
30
Sec.
112.
Section
455G.1,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
31
amended
to
read
as
follows:
32
1.
This
chapter
subchapter
is
entitled
the
“Iowa
33
Comprehensive
Petroleum
Underground
Storage
Tank
Fund
Act”
.
34
Sec.
113.
Section
455G.1,
subsection
2,
unnumbered
35
-47-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
47/
163
H.F.
_____
paragraph
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
1
This
chapter
subchapter
applies
to
petroleum
underground
2
storage
tanks
for
which
an
owner
or
operator
is
required
to
3
maintain
proof
of
financial
responsibility
under
federal
4
or
state
law,
from
the
effective
date
of
the
regulation
of
5
the
federal
environmental
protection
agency
governing
that
6
tank,
and
not
from
the
effective
compliance
date,
unless
the
7
effective
compliance
date
of
the
regulation
is
the
effective
8
date
of
the
regulation.
An
owner
or
operator
of
a
petroleum
9
underground
storage
tank
required
by
federal
or
state
law
to
10
maintain
proof
of
financial
responsibility
for
that
underground
11
storage
tank
is
subject
to
this
chapter
subchapter
and
chapter
12
424
.
13
Sec.
114.
Section
455G.2,
unnumbered
paragraph
1,
Code
14
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
15
As
used
in
this
chapter
subchapter
unless
the
context
16
otherwise
requires:
17
Sec.
115.
Section
455G.2,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
18
amended
to
read
as
follows:
19
2.
“Bond”
means
a
bond,
note,
or
other
obligation
issued
by
20
the
treasurer
of
state
for
the
fund
and
the
purposes
of
this
21
chapter
subchapter
.
22
Sec.
116.
Section
455G.3,
subsections
1
through
3,
Code
23
2013,
are
amended
to
read
as
follows:
24
1.
The
Iowa
comprehensive
petroleum
underground
storage
25
tank
fund
is
created
as
a
separate
fund
in
the
state
treasury,
26
and
any
funds
remaining
in
the
fund
at
the
end
of
each
fiscal
27
year
shall
not
revert
to
the
general
fund
but
shall
remain
28
in
the
Iowa
comprehensive
petroleum
underground
storage
tank
29
fund.
Interest
or
other
income
earned
by
the
fund
shall
30
be
deposited
in
the
fund.
The
fund
shall
include
moneys
31
credited
to
the
fund
under
this
section
,
section
321.145,
32
subsection
2
,
paragraph
“a”
,
and
sections
455G.8
and
455G.9
,
33
and
section
455G.11
,
Code
2003,
and
other
funds
which
by
34
law
may
be
credited
to
the
fund.
The
moneys
in
the
fund
are
35
-48-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
48/
163
H.F.
_____
appropriated
to
and
for
the
purposes
of
the
board
as
provided
1
in
this
chapter
subchapter
.
Amounts
in
the
fund
shall
not
be
2
subject
to
appropriation
for
any
other
purpose
by
the
general
3
assembly,
but
shall
be
used
only
for
the
purposes
set
forth
4
in
this
chapter
subchapter
.
The
treasurer
of
state
shall
act
5
as
custodian
of
the
fund
and
disburse
amounts
contained
in
it
6
as
directed
by
the
board
including
automatic
disbursements
of
7
funds
as
received
pursuant
to
the
terms
of
bond
indentures
and
8
documents
and
security
provisions
to
trustees
and
custodians.
9
The
treasurer
of
state
is
authorized
to
invest
the
funds
10
deposited
in
the
fund
at
the
direction
of
the
board
and
11
subject
to
any
limitations
contained
in
any
applicable
bond
12
proceedings.
The
income
from
such
investment
shall
be
credited
13
to
and
deposited
in
the
fund.
The
fund
shall
be
administered
14
by
the
board
which
shall
make
expenditures
from
the
fund
15
consistent
with
the
purposes
of
the
programs
set
out
in
this
16
chapter
subchapter
without
further
appropriation.
The
fund
may
17
be
divided
into
different
accounts
with
different
depositories
18
as
determined
by
the
board
and
to
fulfill
the
purposes
of
this
19
chapter
subchapter
.
20
2.
The
board
shall
assist
Iowa’s
owners
and
operators
21
of
petroleum
underground
storage
tanks
in
complying
with
22
federal
environmental
protection
agency
technical
and
financial
23
responsibility
regulations
by
establishment
of
the
Iowa
24
comprehensive
petroleum
underground
storage
tank
fund.
The
25
treasurer
of
state
may
issue
its
bonds,
or
series
of
bonds,
to
26
assist
the
board,
as
provided
in
this
chapter
subchapter
.
27
3.
The
purposes
of
this
chapter
subchapter
shall
include
but
28
are
not
limited
to
any
of
the
following:
29
a.
To
establish
a
remedial
account
to
fund
corrective
action
30
for
petroleum
releases
as
provided
by
section
455G.9
.
31
b.
To
establish
a
loan
guarantee
account,
as
provided
by
and
32
to
the
extent
permitted
by
section
455G.10,
Code
1999
.
33
c.
To
establish
a
marketability
fund
for
the
purposes
as
34
stated
in
section
455G.21
.
35
-49-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
49/
163
H.F.
_____
Sec.
117.
Section
455G.4,
subsection
1,
paragraph
a,
1
subparagraph
(4),
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
2
(4)
Three
public
members
appointed
by
the
governor
and
3
confirmed
by
the
senate
to
staggered
four-year
terms,
except
4
that,
of
the
first
members
appointed,
one
public
member
shall
5
be
appointed
for
a
term
of
two
years
and
one
for
a
term
of
four
6
years.
A
public
member
shall
have
experience,
knowledge,
and
7
expertise
of
the
subject
matter
embraced
within
this
chapter
8
subchapter
.
A
public
member
may
have
experience
in
either,
or
9
both,
financial
markets
or
insurance.
10
Sec.
118.
Section
455G.4,
subsection
3,
paragraph
a,
Code
11
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
12
a.
The
board
shall
adopt
rules
regarding
its
practice
13
and
procedures,
develop
underwriting
standards,
establish
14
procedures
for
investigating
and
settling
claims
made
against
15
the
fund,
and
otherwise
implement
and
administer
this
chapter
16
subchapter
.
17
Sec.
119.
Section
455G.4,
subsection
5,
paragraphs
a
and
b,
18
Code
2013,
are
amended
to
read
as
follows:
19
a.
The
board
shall
approve
any
contract
entered
into
20
pursuant
to
this
chapter
subchapter
if
the
cost
of
the
contract
21
exceeds
seventy-five
thousand
dollars.
22
b.
A
listing
of
all
contracts
entered
into
pursuant
to
this
23
chapter
subchapter
shall
be
presented
at
each
board
meeting
24
and
shall
be
made
available
to
the
public.
The
listing
shall
25
state
the
interested
parties
to
the
contract,
the
amount
of
the
26
contract,
and
the
subject
matter
of
the
contract.
27
Sec.
120.
Section
455G.5,
unnumbered
paragraph
2,
Code
28
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
29
The
board
may
enter
into
a
contract
or
an
agreement
30
authorized
under
chapter
28E
with
a
private
agency
or
person,
31
the
department
of
natural
resources,
the
Iowa
finance
32
authority,
the
department
of
administrative
services,
the
33
department
of
revenue,
other
departments,
agencies,
or
34
governmental
subdivisions
of
this
state,
another
state,
or
35
-50-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
50/
163
H.F.
_____
the
United
States,
in
connection
with
its
administration
and
1
implementation
of
this
chapter
subchapter
or
chapter
424
or
2
455B
.
3
Sec.
121.
Section
455G.6,
unnumbered
paragraph
1,
Code
4
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
5
In
administering
the
fund,
the
board
has
all
of
the
general
6
powers
reasonably
necessary
and
convenient
to
carry
out
its
7
purposes
and
duties
and
may
do
any
of
the
following,
subject
to
8
express
limitations
contained
in
this
chapter
subchapter
:
9
Sec.
122.
Section
455G.6,
subsection
8,
Code
2013,
is
10
amended
to
read
as
follows:
11
8.
Bonds
issued
under
this
section
are
payable
solely
and
12
only
out
of
the
moneys,
assets,
or
revenues
of
the
fund,
all
13
of
which
may
be
deposited
with
trustees
or
depositories
in
14
accordance
with
bond
or
security
documents
and
pledged
by
the
15
board
to
the
payment
thereof,
and
are
not
an
indebtedness
of
16
this
state,
or
a
charge
against
the
general
credit
or
general
17
fund
of
the
state,
and
the
state
shall
not
be
liable
for
any
18
financial
undertakings
with
respect
to
the
fund.
Bonds
issued
19
under
this
chapter
subchapter
shall
contain
on
their
face
a
20
statement
that
the
bonds
do
not
constitute
an
indebtedness
of
21
the
state.
22
Sec.
123.
Section
455G.6,
subsection
10,
paragraph
c,
Code
23
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
24
c.
Subject
to
the
terms,
conditions,
and
covenants
providing
25
for
the
payment
of
the
principal,
redemption
premiums,
if
26
any,
interest,
and
other
terms,
conditions,
covenants,
and
27
protective
provisions
safeguarding
payment,
not
inconsistent
28
with
this
chapter
subchapter
and
as
determined
by
the
trust
29
indenture,
resolution,
or
other
instrument
authorizing
their
30
issuance.
31
Sec.
124.
Section
455G.6,
subsections
14
through
17,
Code
32
2013,
are
amended
to
read
as
follows:
33
14.
Bonds
issued
under
the
provisions
of
this
section
are
34
declared
to
be
issued
for
an
essential
public
and
governmental
35
-51-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
51/
163
H.F.
_____
purpose
and
all
bonds
issued
under
this
chapter
subchapter
1
shall
be
exempt
from
taxation
by
the
state
of
Iowa
and
the
2
interest
on
the
bonds
shall
be
exempt
from
the
state
income
tax
3
and
the
state
inheritance
and
estate
tax.
4
15.
a.
Subject
to
the
terms
of
any
bond
documents,
moneys
5
in
the
fund
or
fund
accounts
may
be
expended
for
administration
6
expenses,
civil
penalties,
moneys
paid
under
an
agreement,
7
stipulation,
or
settlement,
for
the
costs
associated
with
sites
8
within
a
community
remediation
project,
for
costs
related
to
9
contracts
entered
into
with
a
state
agency
or
university,
10
costs
for
activities
relating
to
litigation,
or
for
the
11
costs
of
any
other
activities
as
the
board
may
determine
are
12
necessary
and
convenient
to
facilitate
compliance
with
and
to
13
implement
the
intent
of
federal
laws
and
regulations
and
this
14
chapter
subchapter
.
For
purposes
of
this
chapter
subchapter
,
15
administration
expenses
include
expenses
incurred
by
the
16
underground
storage
tank
section
of
the
department
of
natural
17
resources
in
relation
to
tanks
regulated
under
this
chapter
18
subchapter
.
19
b.
The
authority
granted
under
this
subsection
which
20
allows
the
board
to
expend
fund
moneys
on
an
activity
the
21
board
determines
is
necessary
and
convenient
to
facilitate
22
compliance
with
and
to
implement
the
intent
of
federal
laws
and
23
regulations
and
this
chapter
subchapter
,
shall
only
be
used
in
24
accordance
with
the
following:
25
(1)
Prior
board
approval
shall
be
required
before
26
expenditure
of
moneys
pursuant
to
this
authority
shall
be
made.
27
(2)
If
the
expenditure
of
fund
moneys
pursuant
to
this
28
authority
would
result
in
the
board
establishing
a
policy
which
29
would
substantially
affect
the
operation
of
the
program,
rules
30
shall
be
adopted
pursuant
to
chapter
17A
prior
to
the
board
or
31
the
administrator
taking
any
action
pursuant
to
this
proposed
32
policy.
33
16.
The
board
shall
cooperate
with
the
department
of
34
natural
resources
in
the
implementation
and
administration
of
35
-52-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
52/
163
H.F.
_____
this
chapter
subchapter
to
assure
that
in
combination
with
1
existing
state
statutes
and
rules
governing
underground
storage
2
tanks,
the
state
will
be,
and
continue
to
be,
recognized
by
3
the
federal
government
as
having
an
“approved
state
account”
4
under
the
federal
Resource
Conservation
and
Recovery
Act,
5
especially
by
compliance
with
the
Act’s
subtitle
I
financial
6
responsibility
requirements
as
enacted
in
the
federal
Superfund
7
Amendments
and
Reauthorization
Act
of
1986
and
the
financial
8
responsibility
regulations
adopted
by
the
United
States
9
environmental
protection
agency
at
40
C.F.R.
pts.
280
and
281.
10
Whenever
possible
this
chapter
subchapter
shall
be
interpreted
11
to
further
the
purposes
of,
and
to
comply,
and
not
to
conflict,
12
with
such
federal
requirements.
13
17.
The
board
may
adopt
rules
pursuant
to
chapter
17A
14
providing
for
the
transfer
of
all
or
a
portion
of
the
15
liabilities
of
the
board
under
this
chapter
subchapter
.
16
Notwithstanding
other
provisions
to
the
contrary,
the
board,
17
upon
such
transfer,
shall
not
maintain
any
duty
to
reimburse
18
claimants
under
this
chapter
subchapter
for
those
liabilities
19
transferred.
20
Sec.
125.
Section
455G.8,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
21
amended
to
read
as
follows:
22
2.
Statutory
allocations
fund.
The
moneys
credited
from
the
23
statutory
allocations
fund
under
section
321.145,
subsection
2
,
24
paragraph
“a”
,
shall
be
allocated,
consistent
with
this
chapter
25
subchapter
,
among
the
fund’s
accounts,
for
debt
service
and
26
other
fund
expenses,
according
to
the
fund
budget,
resolution,
27
trust
agreement,
or
other
instrument
prepared
or
entered
into
28
by
the
board
or
treasurer
of
state
under
direction
of
the
29
board.
30
Sec.
126.
Section
455G.9,
subsection
7,
Code
2013,
is
31
amended
to
read
as
follows:
32
7.
Expenses
of
cleanup
not
required.
When
an
owner
or
33
operator
who
is
eligible
for
benefits
under
this
chapter
34
subchapter
is
allowed
by
the
department
of
natural
resources
35
-53-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
53/
163
H.F.
_____
to
monitor
in
place,
the
expenses
incurred
for
cleanup
beyond
1
the
level
required
by
the
department
of
natural
resources
may
2
be
covered
under
any
of
the
accounts
established
under
the
3
fund
only
if
approved
by
the
board
as
cost-effective
relative
4
to
the
department
accepted
monitoring
plan
or
relative
to
5
the
repeal
date
specified
in
section
424.19
.
The
cleanup
6
expenses
incurred
for
work
completed
beyond
what
is
required
7
is
the
responsibility
of
the
person
contracting
for
the
excess
8
cleanup.
The
board
shall
seek
to
terminate
the
responsible
9
party’s
environmental
liabilities
at
such
sites
prior
to
the
10
board
ceasing
operation.
11
Sec.
127.
Section
455G.12,
subsection
2,
paragraph
e,
Code
12
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
13
e.
The
intent
of
this
chapter
subchapter
that
the
board
14
shall
maximize
the
availability
of
reasonably
priced,
15
financially
sound
insurance
coverage
or
loan
guarantee
16
assistance.
17
Sec.
128.
Section
455G.13,
subsection
3,
Code
2013,
is
18
amended
to
read
as
follows:
19
3.
Owner
or
operator
not
in
compliance,
subject
to
full
20
and
total
cost
recovery.
Notwithstanding
subsection
2
,
the
21
liability
of
an
owner
or
operator
shall
be
the
full
and
total
22
costs
of
corrective
action
and
bodily
injury
or
property
damage
23
to
third
parties,
as
specified
in
subsection
1
,
if
the
owner
24
or
operator
has
not
complied
with
the
financial
responsibility
25
or
other
underground
storage
tank
rules
of
the
department
of
26
natural
resources
or
with
this
chapter
subchapter
and
rules
27
adopted
under
this
chapter
subchapter
.
28
Sec.
129.
Section
455G.13,
subsection
4,
paragraph
b,
Code
29
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
30
b.
The
punitive
damages
imposed
under
this
subsection
are
31
in
addition
to
any
costs
or
expenditures
recovered
from
the
32
owner
or
operator
pursuant
to
this
chapter
subchapter
and
33
in
addition
to
any
other
penalty
or
relief
provided
by
this
34
chapter
subchapter
or
any
other
law.
35
-54-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
54/
163
H.F.
_____
Sec.
130.
Section
455G.13,
subsection
6,
Code
2013,
is
1
amended
to
read
as
follows:
2
6.
Joinder
of
parties.
The
department
of
natural
resources
3
has
standing
in
any
case
or
contested
action
related
to
the
4
fund
or
a
tank
to
assert
any
claim
that
the
department
may
have
5
regarding
the
tank
at
issue
in
the
case
or
contested
action
,
6
upon
.
Upon
motion
and
sufficient
showing
by
a
party
to
a
cost
7
recovery
or
subrogation
action
provided
for
under
this
section
,
8
the
court
or
the
administrative
law
judge
shall
join
to
the
9
action
any
potentially
responsible
party
who
may
be
liable
for
10
costs
and
expenditures
of
the
type
recoverable
pursuant
to
this
11
section
.
12
Sec.
131.
Section
455G.13,
subsection
8,
Code
2013,
is
13
amended
to
read
as
follows:
14
8.
Third-party
contracts
not
binding
on
board,
proceedings
15
against
responsible
party.
An
insurance,
indemnification,
hold
16
harmless,
conveyance,
or
similar
risk-sharing
or
risk-shifting
17
agreement
shall
not
be
effective
to
transfer
any
liability
18
for
costs
recoverable
under
this
section
.
The
fund,
board,
19
or
department
of
natural
resources
may
proceed
directly
20
against
the
owner
or
operator
or
other
allegedly
responsible
21
party.
This
section
does
not
bar
any
agreement
to
insure,
22
hold
harmless,
or
indemnify
a
party
to
the
agreement
for
any
23
costs
or
expenditures
under
this
chapter
subchapter
,
and
does
24
not
modify
rights
between
the
parties
to
an
agreement,
except
25
to
the
extent
the
agreement
shifts
liability
to
an
owner
or
26
operator
eligible
for
assistance
under
the
remedial
account
for
27
any
damages
or
other
expenses
in
connection
with
a
corrective
28
action
for
which
another
potentially
responsible
party
is
or
29
may
be
liable.
Any
such
provision
is
null
and
void
and
of
no
30
force
or
effect.
31
Sec.
132.
Section
455G.13,
subsection
10,
paragraphs
a
and
32
b,
Code
2013,
are
amended
to
read
as
follows:
33
a.
Upon
payment
by
the
fund
for
corrective
action
or
34
third-party
liability
pursuant
to
this
chapter
subchapter
,
the
35
-55-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
55/
163
H.F.
_____
rights
of
the
claimant
to
recover
payment
from
any
potentially
1
responsible
party,
are
assumed
by
the
board
to
the
extent
paid
2
by
the
fund.
A
claimant
is
precluded
from
receiving
double
3
compensation
for
the
same
injury.
4
b.
In
an
action
brought
pursuant
to
this
chapter
subchapter
5
seeking
damages
for
corrective
action
or
third-party
liability,
6
the
court
shall
permit
evidence
and
argument
as
to
the
7
replacement
or
indemnification
of
actual
economic
losses
8
incurred
or
to
be
incurred
in
the
future
by
the
claimant
9
by
reason
of
insurance
benefits,
governmental
benefits
or
10
programs,
or
from
any
other
source.
11
Sec.
133.
Section
455G.13,
subsection
12,
Code
2013,
is
12
amended
to
read
as
follows:
13
12.
Recovery
or
subrogation
——
installers
and
14
inspectors.
Notwithstanding
any
other
provision
contained
in
15
this
chapter
subchapter
,
the
board
or
a
person
insured
under
16
the
underground
storage
tank
insurance
fund
established
in
17
section
455G.11
,
Code
2003,
has
no
right
of
recovery
or
right
18
of
subrogation
against
an
installer
or
an
inspector
who
was
19
insured
by
the
underground
storage
tank
insurance
fund
for
the
20
tank
giving
rise
to
the
liability
other
than
for
recovery
of
21
any
deductibles
paid.
22
Sec.
134.
Section
455G.21,
subsection
2,
paragraph
a,
Code
23
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
24
a.
The
innocent
landowners
fund
shall
be
established
as
25
a
separate
fund
in
the
state
treasury
under
the
control
of
26
the
board.
The
innocent
landowners
fund
shall
include
any
27
moneys
recovered
pursuant
to
cost
recovery
enforcement
under
28
section
455G.13
.
Notwithstanding
section
455G.1,
subsection
29
2
,
benefits
for
the
costs
of
corrective
action
may
be
provided
30
to
the
owner
of
a
petroleum-contaminated
property,
or
an
31
owner
or
operator
of
an
underground
storage
tank
located
32
on
the
property,
who
is
not
otherwise
eligible
to
receive
33
benefits
under
section
455G.9
due
to
the
date
on
which
the
34
release
causing
the
contamination
was
reported
or
the
date
35
-56-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
56/
163
H.F.
_____
the
claim
was
filed.
An
owner
of
a
petroleum-contaminated
1
property,
or
an
owner
or
operator
of
an
underground
storage
2
tank
located
on
the
property,
shall
be
eligible
for
payment
3
of
corrective
action
costs
subject
to
copayment
requirements
4
under
section
455G.9,
subsection
4
.
The
board
may
adopt
rules
5
conditioning
receipt
of
benefits
under
this
paragraph
to
those
6
petroleum-contaminated
properties
which
present
a
higher
degree
7
of
risk
to
the
public
health
and
safety
or
the
environment
and
8
may
adopt
rules
providing
for
denial
of
benefits
under
this
9
paragraph
to
a
person
who
did
not
make
a
good
faith
attempt
10
to
comply
with
the
provisions
of
this
chapter
subchapter
.
11
This
paragraph
does
not
confer
a
legal
right
to
an
owner
of
12
petroleum-contaminated
property,
or
an
owner
or
operator
of
an
13
underground
storage
tank
located
on
the
property,
for
receipt
14
of
benefits
under
this
paragraph.
15
Sec.
135.
Section
455G.21,
subsection
3,
Code
2013,
is
16
amended
to
read
as
follows:
17
3.
Moneys
in
the
fund
shall
not
be
used
for
purposes
of
18
bonding
or
providing
security
for
bonding
under
this
chapter
19
subchapter
.
20
Sec.
136.
Section
455G.31,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
21
amended
to
read
as
follows:
22
2.
A
retail
dealer
may
use
gasoline
storage
and
dispensing
23
infrastructure
to
store
and
dispense
ethanol
blended
gasoline
24
classified
as
E-9
or
higher
if
the
department
of
natural
25
resources
under
this
chapter
subchapter
or
the
state
fire
26
marshal
under
chapter
101
determines
that
it
is
compatible
with
27
the
ethanol
blended
gasoline
being
used.
28
Sec.
137.
Section
461.36,
subsection
2,
unnumbered
29
paragraph
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
30
The
department
of
natural
resources
shall
allocate
31
distribute
trust
fund
moneys
in
from
the
account
to
local
32
communities
for
the
following
initiatives:
33
Sec.
138.
Section
461.37,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
34
amended
to
read
as
follows:
35
-57-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
57/
163
H.F.
_____
2.
The
department
of
transportation
and
the
department
of
1
natural
resources
shall
allocate
use
moneys
in
the
account
2
to
support
initiatives
related
to
the
design,
establishment,
3
maintenance,
improvement,
and
expansion
of
land
trails.
4
Sec.
139.
Section
461.38,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
5
amended
to
read
as
follows:
6
1.
A
lake
restoration
account
is
created
in
the
trust
fund.
7
Seven
percent
of
the
moneys
credited
to
the
trust
fund
shall
be
8
deposited
allocated
to
the
account.
9
Sec.
140.
Section
468.21,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
10
follows:
11
468.21
Hearing
of
petition
——
dismissal.
12
The
petition
may
be
amended
at
any
time
before
final
action
13
on
the
petition.
At
the
time
set
for
hearing
on
said
the
14
petition
,
the
board
shall
hear
and
determine
the
sufficiency
15
of
the
petition
in
form
and
substance
(which
petition
may
16
be
amended
at
any
time
before
final
action
thereon),
and
17
all
objections
filed
against
the
establishment
of
such
18
district,
and
the
board
may
view
the
premises
included
in
the
19
said
district.
If
it
shall
find
the
board
finds
that
the
20
construction
of
the
proposed
improvement
will
not
materially
21
benefit
said
lands
or
would
not
be
for
the
public
benefit
or
22
utility
nor
conducive
to
the
public
health,
convenience,
or
23
welfare,
or
that
the
cost
thereof
is
excessive
it
the
board
24
shall
dismiss
the
proceedings.
25
Sec.
141.
Section
468.252,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
26
follows:
27
468.252
Hearing
on
petition.
28
The
petition
may
be
amended
at
any
time
before
final
action
29
on
the
petition.
At
the
time
set
for
hearing
on
said
the
30
petition
,
the
board
shall
hear
and
determine
the
sufficiency
31
of
the
petition
as
to
form
and
substance
(which
petition
may
32
be
amended
at
any
time
before
final
action
thereon),
and
all
33
objections
filed
against
the
abandonment
and
dissolution
of
34
such
district.
If
it
shall
find
the
board
finds
that
such
35
-58-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
58/
163
H.F.
_____
district
is
free
from
indebtedness
and
that
the
necessity
for
1
the
continued
maintenance
thereof
no
longer
exists
or
that
the
2
expense
of
the
continued
maintenance
of
such
district
is
not
3
commensurate
with
the
benefits
derived
therefrom,
it
the
board
4
shall
enter
an
order
abandoning
and
dissolving
such
district,
5
which
order
shall
be
filed
with
the
county
auditor
of
the
6
county
or
counties
in
which
such
district
is
situated
and
noted
7
on
the
drainage
record.
8
Sec.
142.
Section
477.10,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
9
follows:
10
477.10
Definitions.
11
1.
a.
“Local
exchange”
,
within
the
meaning
of
this
Act
12
subchapter
,
shall
refer
to
a
telephone
line
or
lines
or
to
a
13
telephone
switchboard
or
switchboards
operating
by
virtue
of
a
14
franchise
granted
by
a
city
furnishing
telephonic
communication
15
between
two
or
more
members
of
the
public
within
the
same
city,
16
village,
community,
locality
or
neighborhood,
which
said
line
17
or
lines
or
switchboard
or
switchboards
shall
be
under
the
same
18
management
and
control.
19
b.
“Local
exchange”
within
the
meaning
of
this
Act
20
subchapter
shall
not
include
or
refer
to
privately
owned
or
21
leased
lines
or
switchboards,
operated
and
used
by
members
22
of
the
public
other
than
telephone
or
telegraph
companies
as
23
a
public
utility
by
which
the
public
is
offered
telephonic
24
service.
25
2.
“Local
exchange
company”
within
the
meaning
of
this
Act
26
subchapter
,
shall
refer
to
any
one
or
more
individuals,
firms
27
or
corporations
operating
one
or
more
local
exchanges
as
herein
28
defined
in
this
section
.
29
3.
“Long
distance
company”
within
the
meaning
of
this
Act
30
subchapter
shall
refer
to
and
include
one
or
more
persons,
31
firms
or
corporations
operating
connecting
lines
between
two
32
or
more
local
exchanges,
one
or
more
of
which
local
exchanges
33
are
owned
by
a
local
telephone
company
other
than
such
person,
34
firm
or
corporation,
over
which
line
or
lines
telephonic
35
-59-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
59/
163
H.F.
_____
communication
is
had
between
members
of
the
public
connected
1
with
said
local
exchanges.
2
Sec.
143.
Section
481A.6A,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
3
amended
to
read
as
follows:
4
1.
As
used
in
this
section
,
“pen-reared
pheasant”
means
a
5
Chinese
ring-necked
pheasant
(Phasianus
colchicus
torquatus)
6
and
its
subspecies
which
originates
from
a
captive
population
7
and
which
has
been
propagated
and
held
by
a
hatchery.
For
the
8
purposes
of
this
section
“pen-reared
pheasant”
does
not
include
9
a
Reeves
(Syrmaticus
reevesii)
or
Lady
Amherst
(Chrysolophus
10
amherstiae)
pheasant,
a
subspecies
of
the
Chinese
ring-necked
11
pheasant
such
classified
as
a
Japanese
(Phasianus
versicolor)
12
or
a
Black-necked
(P.
colchicus
colchicus)
pheasant,
or
13
a
melanistic
mutant
(black,
white,
or
other
color
mix)
of
14
the
Chinese
ring-necked
pheasant.
This
subsection
is
not
15
applicable
to
game
birds
released
for
officially
sanctioned
16
field
meets
or
trials
and
retriever
meets
or
trials
on
private
17
land
pursuant
to
section
481A.22
,
pen-raised
game
birds
used
18
on
private
land
pursuant
to
section
481A.56
,
or
game
birds
19
released
on
hunting
preserves
pursuant
to
chapter
484B
.
20
Sec.
144.
Section
481A.72,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
21
amended
to
read
as
follows:
22
1.
A
Except
as
otherwise
provided
in
this
chapter,
a
person
23
shall
not
at
any
time
take
from
the
waters
of
the
state
any
24
fish
,
except
as
otherwise
provided
in
this
chapter
,
except
with
25
hook,
line,
and
bait
,
nor
shall
a
.
A
person
shall
not
use
more
26
than
three
lines
nor
more
than
two
hooks
on
each
line
in
still
27
fishing
or
trolling
,
and
in
.
In
fly
fishing
not
more
than
two
28
flies
may
be
used
on
one
line,
and
in
trolling
and
bait
casting
29
not
more
than
two
trolling
spoons
or
artificial
bait
may
be
30
used
on
one
line.
31
Sec.
145.
Section
489.1303,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
32
as
follows:
33
489.1303
Savings
clause.
34
This
chapter
does
not
affect
an
action
commenced,
proceeding
35
-60-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
60/
163
H.F.
_____
brought,
or
right
accrued
before
this
chapter
takes
effect
1
January
1,
2009
.
2
Sec.
146.
Section
490.1114,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
3
amended
to
read
as
follows:
4
1.
A
domestic
corporation
or
other
entity
that
has
been
5
converted
pursuant
to
this
article
division
is
for
all
purposes
6
the
same
domestic
corporation
or
other
entity
that
existed
7
before
the
conversion.
8
Sec.
147.
Section
491.38,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
9
follows:
10
491.38
Consolidation
of
interstate
bridge
companies.
11
Any
corporation
heretofore
or
hereafter
organized
under
12
the
laws
of
this
state
for
the
purpose
of
constructing
and/or
13
or
operating
,
or
constructing
and
operating,
a
bridge,
one
14
extremity
of
which
shall
rest
in
an
adjacent
state,
may
merge
15
and/or
or
consolidate
the
stock,
property,
rights,
franchises,
16
privileges,
assets
and
liabilities
of
such
corporation
with
17
the
stock,
property,
rights,
franchises,
privileges,
assets
18
and
liabilities
of
a
corporation
organized
for
a
similar
19
purpose
under
the
laws
of
such
adjacent
state,
upon
such
terms
20
not
in
conflict
with
law
as
may
be
mutually
agreed
upon,
and
21
thereafter
such
merged
and/or
or
consolidated
corporations
22
shall
be
one
corporation
with
such
name
as
may
be
agreed
upon,
23
and
shall
have
all
of
the
property,
rights,
privileges,
assets
24
and
franchises,
and
be
subject
to
all
of
the
liabilities,
of
25
the
merging
or
consolidating
corporations.
26
Sec.
148.
Section
502.306,
subsection
1,
paragraph
h,
Code
27
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
28
h.
The
financial
condition
of
the
issuer
affects
or
29
would
affect
the
soundness
of
the
securities,
except
that
30
applications
for
registration
of
securities
by
companies
which
31
are
in
the
development
stage
shall
not
be
denied
based
solely
32
upon
the
financial
condition
of
the
company.
For
purposes
of
33
this
rule
paragraph
,
a
“development
stage
company”
is
defined
as
34
a
company
which
has
been
in
existence
for
five
years
or
less.
35
-61-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
61/
163
H.F.
_____
Sec.
149.
Section
504.1101,
subsection
2,
paragraph
a,
Code
1
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
2
a.
The
name
of
each
corporation
or
unincorporated
entity
3
planning
to
merge
and
the
name
of
the
surviving
corporation
or
4
unincorporated
entity
into
which
each
plans
to
merge.
5
Sec.
150.
Section
507.14,
subsection
4,
Code
2013,
is
6
amended
to
read
as
follows:
7
4.
Confidential
documents,
materials,
information,
8
administrative
or
judicial
orders,
or
other
actions
may
be
9
disclosed
to
a
regulatory
official
of
any
state,
federal
10
agency,
or
foreign
country
provided
that
the
recipients
are
11
required,
under
their
the
law
of
the
recipients’
jurisdiction
,
12
to
maintain
their
confidentiality
of
the
documents,
materials,
13
information,
orders,
or
other
actions
.
Confidential
records
14
may
be
disclosed
to
the
national
association
of
insurance
15
commissioners,
the
international
association
of
insurance
16
supervisors,
and
the
bank
for
international
settlements
17
provided
that
the
associations
and
bank
certify
by
written
18
statement
that
the
confidentiality
of
the
records
will
be
19
maintained.
20
Sec.
151.
Section
508.38,
subsection
10,
Code
2013,
is
21
amended
to
read
as
follows:
22
10.
a.
For
any
contract
which
provides,
within
the
same
23
contract
by
rider
or
supplemental
contract
provision,
both
24
annuity
benefits
and
life
insurance
benefits
that
are
in
excess
25
of
the
greater
of
cash
surrender
benefits
or
a
return
of
the
26
gross
considerations
with
interest,
the
minimum
nonforfeiture
27
benefits
shall
be
equal
to
the
sum
of
the
minimum
nonforfeiture
28
benefits
for
the
annuity
portion
and
the
minimum
nonforfeiture
29
benefits,
if
any,
for
the
life
insurance
portion
computed
as
30
if
each
portion
were
a
separate
contract.
Notwithstanding
31
the
provisions
of
subsections
4,
5,
6,
7,
and
9
,
additional
32
benefits
shall
be
disregarded
in
ascertaining
the
minimum
33
nonforfeiture
amounts,
paid-up
annuity,
cash
surrender
and
34
death
benefits
that
may
be
required
by
this
section,
if
the
35
-62-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
62/
163
H.F.
_____
additional
benefits
are
payable
(a)
in
:
1
(1)
In
the
event
of
total
and
permanent
disability
;
(b)
as
.
2
(2)
As
reversionary
annuity
or
deferred
reversionary
3
annuity
benefits
,
or
(c)
as
.
4
(3)
As
other
policy
benefits
additional
to
life
insurance,
5
endowment,
and
annuity
benefits,
and
considerations
for
all
6
such
additional
benefits
,
shall
be
disregarded
in
ascertaining
7
the
minimum
nonforfeiture
amounts,
paid-up
annuity,
cash
8
surrender
and
death
benefits
that
may
be
required
by
this
9
section
.
10
b.
The
inclusion
of
such
additional
benefits
shall
not
11
be
required
in
any
paid-up
benefits,
unless
such
additional
12
benefits
separately
would
require
minimum
nonforfeiture
13
amounts,
paid-up
annuity,
cash
surrender
and
death
benefits.
14
Sec.
152.
Section
511.8,
subsection
5,
paragraph
c,
Code
15
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
16
c.
Are
securities
that
at
the
date
of
acquisition
are
17
rated
three
by
the
securities
valuation
office
of
the
18
national
association
of
insurance
commissioners
or
have
the
19
equivalent
rating
by
a
rating
organization
that
is
approved
20
by
the
national
association
of
insurance
commissioners
as
an
21
acceptable
rating
organization
and
are
listed
or
admitted
to
22
trading
on
a
securities
exchange
in
the
United
States
or
are
23
publicly
held
and
actively
traded
in
the
over-the-counter
24
market
and
market
quotations
are
readily
available.
If
25
a
security
acquired
under
this
paragraph
is
subsequently
26
downgraded
from
a
three
rating
by
the
securities
valuation
27
office
of
the
national
association
of
insurance
commissioners
28
or
from
the
equivalent
rating
by
a
national
association
of
29
insurance
commissioners’
acceptable
rating
organization,
the
30
security
no
longer
qualifies
as
a
legal
reserve
investment.
31
Sec.
153.
Section
512B.11,
unnumbered
paragraph
1,
Code
32
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
33
A
domestic
society
organized
on
or
after
the
effective
date
34
of
this
Act
January
1,
1991,
shall
be
formed
as
follows:
35
-63-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
63/
163
H.F.
_____
Sec.
154.
Section
514D.2,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
1
amended
to
read
as
follows:
2
1.
“Accident
and
sickness
insurance”
means
individual
3
accident
and
sickness
insurance
within
the
meaning
of
section
4
514A.1
.
“Accident
and
sickness
insurance”
also
means
individual
5
subscriber
contracts
for
hospital
service,
or
medical
and
6
surgical
service,
or
individual
pharmaceutical
or
optometric
7
service
issued
under
chapter
514
,
and
for
purposes
of
this
8
division
chapter
,
corporations
issuing
contracts
under
chapter
9
514
are
deemed
to
be
engaged
in
the
business
of
insurance.
10
Sec.
155.
Section
514F.6,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
11
amended
to
read
as
follows:
12
2.
For
purposes
of
this
section
,
“physician”
means
a
13
licensed
doctor
of
medicine
and
surgery
or
a
licensed
doctor
of
14
osteopathic
medicine
and
surgery;
“advanced
:
15
a.
“Advanced
registered
nurse
practitioner”
means
a
licensed
16
nurse
who
is
also
registered
to
practice
in
an
advanced
role
,
17
“physician
.
18
b.
“Clean
claim”
means
the
same
as
defined
in
section
19
507B.4A,
subsection
2,
paragraph
“b”
.
20
c.
“Credentialing”
means
a
process
through
which
a
health
21
insurer
makes
a
determination
based
on
criteria
established
by
22
the
health
insurer
concerning
whether
a
physician,
advanced
23
registered
nurse
practitioner,
or
physician
assistant
is
24
eligible
to
provide
health
care
services
to
an
insured
and
to
25
receive
reimbursement
for
the
health
care
services
provided
26
under
an
agreement
entered
into
between
the
physician,
advanced
27
registered
nurse
practitioner,
or
physician
assistant
and
the
28
health
insurer.
29
d.
“Credentialing
period”
means
the
time
period
between
the
30
health
insurer’s
receipt
of
a
physician’s,
advanced
registered
31
nurse
practitioner’s,
or
physician
assistant’s
application
for
32
credentialing
and
approval
of
that
application
by
the
health
33
insurer.
34
e.
“Physician”
means
a
licensed
doctor
of
medicine
and
35
-64-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
64/
163
H.F.
_____
surgery
or
a
licensed
doctor
of
osteopathic
medicine
and
1
surgery.
2
f.
“Physician
assistant”
means
a
person
who
is
licensed
to
3
practice
as
a
physician
assistant
under
the
supervision
of
one
4
or
more
physicians
;
and
“credentialing
period”
means
the
time
5
period
between
the
health
insurer’s
receipt
of
a
physician’s,
6
advanced
registered
nurse
practitioner’s,
or
physician
7
assistant’s
application
for
credentialing
and
approval
of
that
8
application
by
the
health
insurer
.
“Credentialing”
means
a
9
process
through
which
a
health
insurer
makes
a
determination
10
based
on
criteria
established
by
the
health
insurer
concerning
11
whether
a
physician,
advanced
registered
nurse
practitioner,
or
12
physician
assistant
is
eligible
to
provide
health
care
services
13
to
an
insured
and
to
receive
reimbursement
for
the
health
care
14
services
provided
under
an
agreement
entered
into
between
the
15
physician,
advanced
registered
nurse
practitioner,
or
physician
16
assistant
and
the
health
insurer.
“Clean
claim”
means
the
same
17
as
defined
in
section
507B.4A,
subsection
2
,
paragraph
“b”
.
18
Sec.
156.
Section
515.19,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
19
follows:
20
515.19
Advancement
of
funds.
21
Any
director,
officer,
or
member
of
any
such
mutual
company,
22
or
any
other
person,
may
advance
to
such
company,
any
sum
or
23
sums
of
money
necessary
for
the
purpose
of
its
business,
or
24
to
enable
it
to
comply
with
any
of
the
requirements
of
the
25
law,
and
such
moneys
and
such
interest
thereon
as
may
have
26
been
agreed
upon,
not
exceeding
the
maximum
statutory
rate
27
of
interest,
shall
not
be
a
liability
or
claim
against
the
28
company
or
any
of
its
assets,
except
as
herein
provided,
and
29
upon
approval
of
the
commissioner
of
insurance
may
be
repaid,
30
but
only
out
of
the
surplus
earnings
of
such
company.
No
31
commissioner
commission
or
promotion
expenses
shall
be
paid
in
32
connection
with
the
advance
of
any
such
money
to
the
company.
33
The
amount
of
such
advance
shall
be
reported
in
each
annual
34
statement.
35
-65-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
65/
163
H.F.
_____
Sec.
157.
Section
523A.601,
subsection
1,
paragraph
i,
Code
1
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
2
i.
Include
an
explanation
of
regulatory
oversight
by
3
the
insurance
division
in
twelve
point
boldface
type,
in
4
substantially
the
following
language:
5
THIS
AGREEMENT
IS
SUBJECT
TO
RULES
ADMINISTERED
BY
THE
IOWA
6
INSURANCE
DIVISION.
YOU
MAY
CALL
THE
INSURANCE
DIVISION
7
AT
(515)281–5705
(TELEPHONE
NUMBER)
.
WRITTEN
INQUIRIES
8
OR
COMPLAINTS
SHOULD
BE
MAILED
TO
THE
IOWA
SECURITIES
AND
9
REGULATED
INDUSTRIES
BUREAU,
330
MAPLE
STREET
(STREET
ADDRESS)
,
10
DES
MOINES
(CITY)
,
IOWA
50319
(ZIP
CODE)
.
11
Sec.
158.
Section
523A.602,
subsection
1,
paragraph
b,
12
subparagraph
(3),
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
13
(3)
State
in
language
that
is
substantially
similar
to
the
14
following
language:
15
Sec.
159.
Section
524.521,
subsection
3,
unnumbered
16
paragraph
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
17
The
articles
of
incorporation
of
a
stock
corporation
may
18
authorize
one
or
more
classes
of
shares
that
have
any
of
the
19
following
qualities:
20
Sec.
160.
Section
524.1008,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
21
amended
to
read
as
follows:
22
1.
a.
A
state
bank
authorized
to
act
in
a
fiduciary
23
capacity
may
enter
into
an
agreement
for
the
succession
of
24
fiduciary
accounts
with
a
trust
company
subsidiary
authorized
25
by
the
superintendent
pursuant
to
section
524.802,
subsection
26
12
,
paragraph
“b”
,
or
one
or
more
other
state
or
national
banks
27
that
are
located
in
this
state
and
authorized
to
act
in
a
28
fiduciary
capacity.
In
the
agreement,
the
succeeding
bank
or
29
trust
company
subsidiary
may
agree
to
succeed
the
relinquishing
30
bank
as
a
fiduciary
with
respect
to
those
fiduciary
accounts
31
which
are
designated
in
the
agreement.
The
designation
32
of
accounts
may
be
by
general
class
or
description
and
may
33
include
fiduciary
accounts
subject
and
not
subject
to
court
34
administration
and
fiduciary
accounts
to
arise
in
the
future
35
-66-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
66/
163
H.F.
_____
under
wills,
trusts,
court
orders,
or
other
documents
under
1
which
the
relinquishing
bank
is
named
as
a
fiduciary
or
is
2
named
to
become
a
fiduciary
upon
the
death
of
a
testator
or
3
settlor
or
upon
the
happening
of
any
other
subsequent
event.
4
The
agreement
shall
provide
either
(a)
that
that
one
of
the
5
following
applies:
6
(1)
That
the
succeeding
bank
or
trust
company
subsidiary
7
maintain
one
or
more
employees
or
agents
at
the
office
of
8
the
relinquishing
bank
in
order
to
facilitate
the
continued
9
servicing
of
the
designated
fiduciary
accounts
,
or
(b)
that
.
10
(2)
That
the
relinquishing
bank
act
as
an
agent
of
the
11
succeeding
bank
or
trust
company
subsidiary
with
respect
to
the
12
fiduciary
accounts
that
are
subject
to
the
agreement,
and
the
13
relinquishing
bank
as
an
agent
may
perform
services
other
than
14
fiduciary
services
with
respect
to
those
accounts.
15
b.
If
the
relinquishing
bank
is
an
agent
under
the
16
alternative
(b)
above
specified
in
paragraph
“a”
,
subparagraph
17
(2)
,
then
the
relinquishing
bank
shall
disclose
to
its
18
customers
that
it
is
acting
as
an
agent
of
the
succeeding
bank
19
or
trust
company
subsidiary.
The
relinquishing
bank
shall
mail
20
a
notice
of
the
succession
to
all
persons
having
an
interest
21
in
a
fiduciary
account
at
their
last
known
address,
and
shall
22
publish
a
notice
of
the
succession
to
fiduciary
accounts
in
a
23
newspaper
published
in
the
county
of
the
principal
place
of
24
business
of
the
relinquishing
bank.
After
the
publication,
25
the
succeeding
bank
or
trust
company
subsidiary
shall,
26
without
further
notice,
approval
or
authorization
succeed
27
the
relinquishing
bank
as
to
the
fiduciary
accounts
and
the
28
fiduciary
powers,
rights,
privileges,
duties,
and
liabilities
29
for
the
fiduciary
accounts.
On
the
effective
date
of
the
30
succession
to
fiduciary
accounts,
the
relinquishing
bank
is
31
released
from
fiduciary
duties
under
the
fiduciary
accounts
and
32
shall
discontinue
its
exercise
of
trust
powers
to
the
fiduciary
33
accounts.
This
subsection
does
not
absolve
a
relinquishing
34
bank
from
liabilities
arising
out
of
a
breach
of
fiduciary
duty
35
-67-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
67/
163
H.F.
_____
occurring
prior
to
the
succession
of
fiduciary
accounts.
1
Sec.
161.
Section
524.1413,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
2
amended
to
read
as
follows:
3
2.
Within
ninety
days
after
the
application
has
been
4
accepted
for
processing,
the
superintendent
shall
approve
or
5
disapprove
the
application
on
the
basis
of
the
investigation.
6
As
a
condition
of
receiving
the
decision
of
the
superintendent
7
with
respect
to
the
application,
the
national
bank
,
or
federal
8
savings
association
,
or
state
savings
and
loan
association
9
shall
reimburse
the
superintendent
for
all
expenses
incurred
10
in
connection
with
the
application.
The
superintendent
shall
11
give
the
national
bank
,
or
federal
savings
association
,
or
12
state
savings
and
loan
association
written
notice
of
the
13
decision
and,
in
the
event
of
disapproval,
a
statement
of
the
14
reasons
for
the
decision.
If
the
superintendent
approves
the
15
application,
the
superintendent
shall
deliver
the
articles
of
16
conversion,
with
the
superintendent’s
approval
indicated
on
17
the
articles
of
conversion,
to
the
secretary
of
state.
The
18
decision
of
the
superintendent
shall
be
subject
to
judicial
19
review
pursuant
to
chapter
17A
.
Notwithstanding
the
terms
of
20
the
Iowa
administrative
procedure
Act,
chapter
17A
,
a
petition
21
for
judicial
review
must
be
filed
within
thirty
days
after
the
22
superintendent
notifies
the
national
bank
,
or
federal
savings
23
association
,
or
state
savings
and
loan
association
of
the
24
superintendent’s
decision.
25
Sec.
162.
Section
533.107,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
26
amended
to
read
as
follows:
27
1.
A
credit
union
review
board
is
created.
The
review
board
28
shall
consist
of
seven
members,
five
of
whom
shall
have
been
29
members
in
good
standing
for
at
least
the
previous
five
years
30
of
either
an
Iowa
state
chartered
credit
union,
or
a
credit
31
union
chartered
under
the
Federal
Credit
Union
Act
,
12
U.S.C.
32
§
1751
et
seq.,
and
having
its
principal
place
of
business
33
in
Iowa.
Two
of
the
members
may
be
public
members;
however,
34
at
no
time
shall
more
than
five
of
the
members
be
directors
35
-68-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
68/
163
H.F.
_____
or
employees
of
a
credit
union.
The
members
shall
serve
for
1
three-year
staggered
terms
beginning
and
ending
as
provided
by
2
section
69.19
.
3
Sec.
163.
Section
533.213,
subsection
1,
paragraph
a,
Code
4
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
5
a.
Credit
unions
organized
under
this
chapter
,
the
Federal
6
Credit
Union
Act,
12
U.S.C.
§
1751
et
seq.,
or
any
other
credit
7
union
act
and
credit
union
organizations
may
be
members.
8
Sec.
164.
Section
535B.10,
subsection
6,
paragraph
h,
Code
9
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
10
h.
The
administrator
may
furnish
information
to
the
title
11
guaranty
division
of
the
Iowa
finance
authority
relating
to
12
supervision
of
closing
agent
licensees
whose
activities
relate
13
to
the
issuance
of
title
guaranty
certificates
issued
by
the
14
title
guaranty
division
of
the
Iowa
finance
authority
to
the
15
title
guaranty
division
.
The
title
guaranty
division
may
16
use
this
information
to
satisfy
its
reinsurance
requirements
17
and
may
provide
the
information
to
its
reinsurer
to
the
18
extent
necessary
to
satisfy
reinsurer
requirements
provided
19
the
reinsurer
agrees
to
maintain
the
confidentiality
of
the
20
information.
The
title
guaranty
division
shall
maintain
the
21
confidentiality
of
the
information
provided
pursuant
to
this
22
paragraph
in
all
other
respects.
23
Sec.
165.
Section
543B.7,
subsection
5,
paragraph
c,
Code
24
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
25
c.
If
an
investigation
pursuant
to
this
chapter
reveals
26
that
an
auctioneer
has
violated
this
subsection
or
has
assumed
27
to
act
in
the
capacity
of
a
real
estate
broker
or
real
estate
28
salesperson,
the
real
estate
commission
shall
issue
a
cease
and
29
desist
order,
and
shall
impose
a
civil
penalty
of
one
thousand
30
dollars
for
the
first
offense,
and
impose
a
civil
penalty
of
31
up
to
the
greater
of
ten
thousand
dollars
or
ten
percent
of
the
32
real
estate
sales
price
for
each
subsequent
violation.
33
Sec.
166.
Section
543B.43,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
34
follows:
35
-69-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
69/
163
H.F.
_____
543B.43
Penalties.
1
Any
person
found
guilty
of
violating
a
provision
of
sections
2
543B.1
to
543B.42
543B.41
in
a
first
offense
shall
be
guilty
3
of
a
simple
misdemeanor.
4
Sec.
167.
Section
543C.2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
5
follows:
6
543C.2
Provisions
governing
sale
or
lease
of
subdivided
7
lands.
8
1.
No
subdivider
shall
sell
or
lease
subdivided
land,
or
9
offer
such
land
for
sale
or
lease,
or
advertise
such
land
10
for
sale
or
lease
to
the
public
within
this
state
unless
the
11
subdivider
has
filed
with
the
commission
an
application
which
12
shall
include
an
offering
statement.
No
subdivider
shall
13
engage
in
business
in
this
state
until
the
application
and
14
the
offering
statement
have
been
accepted
and
the
subdivider
15
has
been
registered
as
a
subdivider
with
the
commission.
The
16
In
addition
to
the
offering
statement,
the
application
shall
17
contain
the
following:
18
1.
a.
The
name
of
the
owner
and
of
the
subdivider.
19
2.
b.
The
address
of
the
principal
office
of
the
owner
and
20
of
the
subdivider,
wherever
situated,
and
the
addresses
of
the
21
principal
office
and
all
branch
offices
of
the
owner
and
of
the
22
subdivider
within
this
state.
23
3.
c.
The
name
of
the
person,
firm,
partnership,
company,
24
corporation,
or
association
holding
legal
or
equitable
title
25
to
the
land
for
sale
or
lease
for
the
purpose
of
offering
such
26
land
or
part
thereof
to
the
general
public.
27
4.
d.
A
statement
as
to
whether
the
owner
or
the
28
subdivider,
or
if
such
owner
or
subdivider
be
other
than
an
29
individual,
the
name
of
any
partner,
principal,
officer,
30
director,
or
branch
manager
thereof
or
any
owner
of
more
than
a
31
five
percent
interest
in
the
business,
who
has
been
convicted
32
of
any
criminal
offense
in
connection
with
any
transaction
33
involving
the
sale
or
lease,
or
offer
for
sale
or
lease,
of
34
subdivided
land,
or
who
has
been
enjoined
or
restrained
by
35
-70-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
70/
163
H.F.
_____
order
of
any
court
from
selling
or
leasing,
or
offering
for
1
sale
or
lease,
any
subdivided
land
in
any
state
or
county,
2
or
who
has
been
enjoined
or
restrained
by
any
court
from
3
continuing
any
practices
in
connection
therewith.
4
5.
e.
The
complete
description
of
the
land
offered
for
5
subdivision
by
lots,
plots,
blocks,
or
sales,
with
or
without
6
streets,
together
with
plats
certified
to
by
a
duly
licensed
7
professional
land
surveyor
accompanied
by
a
certificate
8
attached
thereto
showing
the
date
of
the
completion
of
the
9
survey
and
of
the
making
of
the
plat
and
the
name
of
the
10
subdivision
for
the
purpose
of
identification
of
the
subdivided
11
land
or
any
part
thereof.
12
6.
f.
Copies
of
plats
of
all
of
the
land
being
filed
by
13
the
subdivider
which
plats
must
have
already
been
recorded
by
14
the
proper
recording
office
in
the
state
in
which
the
land
is
15
located.
16
7.
g.
An
opinion
of
an
attorney
admitted
to
practice
17
law
in
this
state,
a
policy
of
title
insurance
issued
by
a
18
title
insurer
licensed
to
do
business
in
the
state
where
the
19
subdivided
land
is
located,
or
an
opinion
of
an
attorney
20
admitted
or
licensed
to
practice
law
in
the
state
wherein
21
the
lands
are
situated,
reciting
in
detail
all
of
the
liens,
22
encumbrances,
and
clouds
upon
the
title
to
such
land,
and
any
23
other
defects
of
title,
which
may
render
the
title
to
such
land
24
unmarketable.
25
8.
h.
The
provisions,
covenants,
terms,
and
conditions
26
upon
which
it
is
the
intention
of
the
owner
and
the
subdivider
27
to
sell
or
lease
such
subdivided
land,
accompanied
by
proposed
28
forms
of
contracts
contemplated
for
execution
and
delivery
upon
29
the
consummation
of
sales
or
leases.
30
9.
i.
If
the
subdivided
land
sought
to
be
filed
comes
31
within
the
purview
of
the
federal
Interstate
Land
Sales
Full
32
Disclosure
Act,
codified
at
15
U.S.C.
§
1701
et
seq.,
the
33
subdivider
must
furnish
a
copy
of
the
accepted
report
filed
34
with
the
department
of
housing
and
urban
development.
If
the
35
-71-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
71/
163
H.F.
_____
subdivision
comes
under
the
regulation
of
the
real
estate
laws
1
of
the
state
where
the
land
is
located
and
that
state
requires
2
a
state
offering
statement
or
public
report,
the
subdivider
3
must
also
include
a
copy
of
said
state
report.
4
10.
j.
The
subdivider,
if
a
corporation,
must
register
to
5
do
business
in
the
state
of
Iowa
as
a
foreign
corporation
with
6
the
secretary
of
state
and
furnish
a
copy
of
the
certificate
7
of
authority
to
do
business
in
the
state
of
Iowa.
If
not
a
8
corporation,
the
subdivider
must
comply
with
the
provisions
9
of
chapter
547
,
by
filing
a
proper
trade
name
with
the
Polk
10
county
recorder.
The
provisions
of
this
subsection
shall
also
11
apply
to
any
person,
partnership,
firm,
company,
corporation,
12
or
association,
other
than
the
subdivider,
which
is
engaged
by
13
or
through
the
subdivider
for
the
purpose
of
advertising
or
14
selling
the
land
involved
in
the
filing.
15
11.
k.
Such
other
information
as
the
commission
may
16
require,
which
shall
be
filed
pursuant
to
the
provisions
of
17
this
chapter
.
18
12.
2.
The
offering
statement
must
contain
all
of
the
19
following:
20
a.
The
names,
addresses,
and
business
background
of
21
the
subdivider
as
required
in
subsections
subsection
1
,
22
paragraphs
“a”
to
4
“d”
.
If
such
subdivider
is
a
partnership
or
23
corporation,
the
names,
addresses,
and
business
background
of
24
each
of
the
partners,
officers,
and
principal
stockholders,
the
25
nature
of
their
fiduciary
relationship
and
their
past,
present,
26
or
anticipated
financial
relationship
to
the
subdivider.
27
b.
A
complete
description
of
the
land
and
copies
of
the
28
plat
in
which
the
land
is
located
as
required
in
subsections
5
29
subsection
1,
paragraphs
“e”
and
6
“f”
and
a
certified
financial
30
statement
by
a
certified
public
accountant
of
the
assets
and
31
liabilities
of
the
subdivider
as
of
a
date
not
more
than
six
32
months
prior
to
the
date
of
the
filing,
in
such
detail
as
the
33
board
may
require.
34
c.
Information
concerning
public
improvements,
including
35
-72-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
72/
163
H.F.
_____
without
limitation,
streets,
storm
sewers,
street
lighting,
1
water
supply,
and
sewage
treatment
and
disposal
facilities
in
2
existence
or
planned
on
the
subdivision,
and
the
estimated
3
cost,
date
of
completion,
and
responsibility
for
construction
4
of
improvements
to
be
made
which
are
referred
to
in
connection
5
with
the
sale
or
lease,
or
offering
for
sale
or
lease,
of
the
6
subdivision
or
any
unit
or
lot
thereon.
7
d.
Each
of
the
terms
and
conditions
under
which
each
8
such
unit
or
lot
is
offered
for
sale
and
such
opinion
or
9
certificates
as
required
in
subsections
7
subsection
1,
10
paragraphs
“g”
and
8
“h”
.
11
e.
A
statement
as
to
the
exact
terms
of
any
guaranties
or
12
promises
of
refund
or
exchange
which
are
to
be
used
by
the
13
subdivider.
The
guaranty
or
promise
of
refund
or
exchange,
14
if
any,
must
be
contained
in
the
body
of
any
contracts
used
15
by
the
subdivider
and
cannot
be
in
any
separate
document.
16
Said
guaranty
or
promise
of
refund
or
exchange
must
appear
in
17
boldface
type
in
the
contract.
18
f.
If
the
refund
privilege,
pursuant
to
paragraph
“e”
of
19
this
subsection
,
is
predicated
in
any
way
upon
the
requiring
20
by
the
subdivider
of
an
inspection
by
the
purchaser
prior
21
to
requesting
a
refund
or
exchange
pursuant
to
the
guaranty
22
provisions,
the
offering
statement
and
the
sale
contract
itself
23
must
set
out
in
detail
all
pertinent
information
in
regard
24
to
the
inspection
trip
and
in
regard
to
claiming
a
refund
or
25
exchange
pursuant
to
the
guaranty
after
the
inspection
trip.
26
g.
Such
additional
information
as
the
commission
may
require
27
as
being
necessary
or
appropriate
in
the
public
interest
or
for
28
the
protection
of
purchasers
or
lessees.
29
h.
g.
A
vicinity
sketch
of
sufficient
scale
to
show
the
30
entire
tract
of
land,
surrounding
property
ownership,
and
road
31
access.
32
h.
Such
additional
information
as
the
commission
may
require
33
as
being
necessary
or
appropriate
in
the
public
interest
or
for
34
the
protection
of
purchasers
or
lessees.
35
-73-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
73/
163
H.F.
_____
Sec.
168.
Section
577.1,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
1
to
read
as
follows:
2
2.
a.
The
assent
of
the
owner
shall
be
implied,
for
3
purposes
of
determining
whether
a
lien
on
inanimate
personal
4
property
exists,
if
all
of
the
following
are
established:
5
a.
(1)
The
inanimate
personal
property
is
a
multi-engine
6
aircraft,
eligible
for
registration
under
section
501
of
the
7
federal
Aviation
Act
of
1958,
49
U.S.C.
§
1401
44102
.
8
b.
(2)
The
aircraft
is
either
owned,
leased,
operated,
or
9
on
order
by
an
air
carrier
certified
under
section
604(b)
of
10
the
federal
Aviation
Act
of
1958,
49
U.S.C.
§
1424(b)
44705
,
or
11
by
any
other
person
that
rents
or
leases
commercial
airliners
12
to
certified
air
carriers
in
the
regular
course
of
business.
13
c.
(3)
The
material
furnished
is
new
electronic
navigation
14
or
communications
aviation
equipment.
15
d.
(4)
The
equipment
is
delivered
for
installation
on
the
16
aircraft
at
the
request
of
a
lessee,
operator,
or
other
person,
17
or
an
agent
of
the
lessee,
operator,
or
other
person,
who
has
18
an
interest
in
or
exercises
control
over
the
aircraft.
19
b.
The
aircraft
and
equipment
shall
be
deemed,
for
purposes
20
of
determining
priority
over
perfected
security
interests,
to
21
be
in
the
possession
of
the
person
who
furnished
the
equipment,
22
if
the
person
either
manufactures
or
sells
the
equipment
in
23
the
regular
course
of
business
and
allows
the
equipment
to
be
24
made
available
for
installation
on
the
aircraft
by
releasing
25
it
for
delivery.
Possession
of
the
aircraft
and
equipment
26
shall
be
deemed
to
continue
up
to,
and
including,
ninety
days
27
after
the
equipment
is
fully
installed
on
the
aircraft,
except
28
that
if
a
notice
of
lien
is
filed
with
the
federal
aviation
29
administration,
and
no
subsequent
release
of
the
lien
is
on
30
file,
it
shall
be
deemed
to
continue
indefinitely.
A
notice
31
of
lien
under
this
section
is
not
required
to
be
verified
32
or
notarized,
but
shall
be
signed
by
the
lienholder,
the
33
lienholder’s
designated
agent,
or
the
lienholder’s
attorney
34
and
must
identify
the
aircraft
which
is
the
subject
of
the
35
-74-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
74/
163
H.F.
_____
lien.
Notwithstanding
subsection
1
,
liens
obtained
under
this
1
subsection
attach
and
take
priority
over
all
other
prior
liens
2
of
record
without
the
giving
of
prior
notice
or
the
obtaining
3
of
consent
and
are
enforceable
against
all
persons,
including
4
a
bona
fide
purchaser.
5
Sec.
169.
Section
602.8103,
subsection
5,
Code
2013,
is
6
amended
to
read
as
follows:
7
5.
Invest
money
which
is
paid
to
the
clerk
to
be
paid
to
any
8
other
person
in
a
any
of
the
following:
9
a.
A
savings
account
of
a
supervised
financial
organization
10
as
defined
in
section
537.1301,
subsection
44
,
except
a
credit
11
union
operating
pursuant
to
chapter
533
.
The
provisions
of
12
chapter
12C
relating
to
the
deposit
and
investment
of
public
13
funds
apply
to
the
deposit
and
investment
of
the
money
except
14
that
a
supervised
financial
organization
other
than
a
credit
15
union
may
be
designated
as
a
depository
and
the
money
shall
16
be
available
upon
demand.
The
interest
earnings
shall
be
17
paid
into
the
general
fund
of
the
state,
except
as
otherwise
18
provided
by
law.
19
b.
In
addition,
the
money
may
be
invested
in
an
An
20
open-end
management
investment
company
organized
in
trust
21
form
registered
with
the
federal
securities
and
exchange
22
commission
under
the
federal
Investment
Company
Act
of
1940,
15
23
U.S.C.
§
80(a)
80a
,
and
operated
in
accordance
with
17
C.F.R.
24
§
270.2a-7,
the
portfolio
of
which
is
limited
to
obligations
of
25
the
United
States
of
America
or
agencies
or
instrumentalities
26
of
the
United
States
of
America
and
to
repurchase
agreements
27
fully
collateralized
by
obligations
of
the
United
States
of
28
America
or
an
agency
or
instrumentality
of
the
United
States
29
of
America
if
the
investment
company
takes
delivery
of
the
30
collateral
either
directly
or
through
an
authorized
custodian.
31
Sec.
170.
Section
602.8105,
subsection
2,
paragraph
a,
Code
32
2013,
is
amended
by
striking
the
paragraph.
33
Sec.
171.
Section
602.8107,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
34
amended
to
read
as
follows:
35
-75-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
75/
163
H.F.
_____
1.
As
used
in
this
section
,
“court
debt”
means
all
fines,
1
penalties,
court
costs,
fees,
forfeited
bail,
surcharges
under
2
chapter
911
,
victim
restitution,
court-appointed
attorney
3
fees
or
for
expenses
of
a
public
defender
ordered
pursuant
to
4
section
815.9
,
or
fees
charged
pursuant
to
section
356.7
or
5
904.108
.
6
Sec.
172.
Section
602.11101,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
7
as
follows:
8
602.11101
Implementation
by
court
component.
9
1.
The
state
shall
assume
responsibility
for
components
of
10
the
court
system
according
to
the
following
schedule:
11
1.
a.
On
October
1,
1983,
the
state
shall
assume
the
12
responsibility
for
and
the
costs
of
jury
fees
and
mileage
as
13
provided
in
section
607A.8
and
on
July
1,
1984,
the
state
shall
14
assume
the
responsibility
for
and
the
costs
of
prosecution
15
witness
fees
and
mileage
and
other
witness
fees
and
mileage
16
assessed
against
the
prosecution
in
criminal
actions
prosecuted
17
under
state
law
as
provided
in
sections
622.69
and
622.72
.
18
2.
b.
Court
reporters
shall
become
court
employees
on
July
19
1,
1984.
The
state
shall
assume
the
responsibility
for
and
the
20
costs
of
court
reporters
on
July
1,
1984.
21
3.
c.
Bailiffs
who
perform
services
for
the
court,
other
22
than
law
enforcement
services,
shall
become
court
employees
on
23
January
1,
1985,
and
shall
be
called
court
attendants.
The
24
state
shall
assume
the
responsibility
for
and
the
costs
of
25
court
attendants
on
January
1,
1985.
Section
602.6601
takes
26
effect
on
January
1,
1985.
27
4.
d.
(1)
Juvenile
probation
officers
shall
become
28
court
employees
on
July
1,
1985.
The
state
shall
assume
the
29
responsibility
for
and
the
costs
of
juvenile
probation
officers
30
on
July
1,
1985.
31
(2)
Until
July
1,
1985,
the
county
shall
remain
responsible
32
for
the
compensation
of
juvenile
court
referees.
Effective
33
July
1,
1985,
the
state
shall
assume
the
responsibility
for
the
34
compensation
of
juvenile
court
referees.
35
-76-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
76/
163
H.F.
_____
5.
e.
(1)
Clerks
of
the
district
court
shall
become
1
court
employees
on
July
1,
1986.
The
state
shall
assume
2
the
responsibility
for
and
the
costs
of
the
offices
of
the
3
clerks
of
the
district
court
on
July
1,
1986.
Persons
who
4
are
holding
office
as
clerks
of
the
district
court
on
July
5
1,
1986,
are
entitled
to
continue
to
serve
in
that
capacity
6
until
the
expiration
of
their
respective
terms
of
office.
The
7
district
judges
of
a
judicial
election
district
shall
give
8
first
and
primary
consideration
for
appointment
of
a
clerk
of
9
the
district
court
to
serve
the
court
beginning
in
1989
to
a
10
clerk
serving
on
and
after
July
1,
1986,
until
the
expiration
11
of
the
clerk’s
elected
term
of
office.
A
vacancy
in
the
office
12
of
clerk
of
the
district
court
occurring
on
or
after
July
1,
13
1986,
shall
be
filled
as
provided
in
section
602.1215
.
14
(2)
Until
July
1,
1986,
the
county
shall
remain
responsible
15
for
the
compensation
of
and
operating
costs
for
court
16
employees
not
presently
designated
for
state
financing
and
17
for
miscellaneous
costs
of
the
judicial
branch
related
to
18
furnishings,
supplies,
and
equipment
purchased,
leased,
or
19
maintained
for
the
use
of
judicial
officers,
referees,
and
20
their
staff.
Effective
July
1,
1986,
the
state
shall
assume
21
the
responsibility
for
the
compensation
of
and
operating
costs
22
for
court
employees
presently
designated
for
state
financing
23
and
for
miscellaneous
costs
of
the
judicial
branch
related
to
24
furnishings,
supplies,
and
equipment
purchased,
leased,
or
25
maintained
for
the
use
of
judicial
officers,
referees,
and
26
their
staff.
However,
the
county
shall
at
all
times
remain
27
responsible
for
the
provision
of
suitable
courtrooms,
offices,
28
and
other
physical
facilities
pursuant
to
section
602.1303,
29
subsection
1
,
including
paint,
wall
covering,
and
fixtures
in
30
the
facilities.
31
(3)
Until
July
1,
1986,
the
county
shall
remain
responsible
32
for
the
compensation
of
and
operating
costs
for
probate
33
referees
and
judicial
hospitalization
referees
and
their
34
staffs.
Effective
July
1,
1986,
the
state
shall
assume
the
35
-77-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
77/
163
H.F.
_____
responsibility
for
the
compensation
of
and
operating
costs
for
1
probate
referees
and
judicial
hospitalization
referees
and
2
their
staffs.
3
(4)
Until
July
1,
1986,
the
county
shall
remain
responsible
4
for
necessary
fees
and
costs
related
to
certain
court
5
reporters.
Effective
July
1,
1986,
the
state
shall
assume
the
6
responsibility
for
necessary
fees
and
costs
related
to
certain
7
court
reporters.
8
6.
f.
The
county
shall
remain
responsible
for
the
9
court-ordered
costs
of
conciliation
procedures
under
section
10
598.16
.
11
2.
a.
For
the
period
beginning
July
1,
1983,
and
ending
12
June
30,
1987,
the
provisions
of
division
I
(articles
1
through
13
10)
take
effect
only
to
the
extent
that
the
provisions
do
not
14
conflict
with
the
scheduled
state
assumption
of
responsibility
15
for
the
components
of
the
court
system,
and
the
amendments
and
16
repeals
of
divisions
II
and
III
take
effect
only
to
the
extent
17
necessary
to
implement
that
scheduled
state
assumption
of
18
responsibility.
If
an
amendment
or
repeal
to
a
Code
section
in
19
division
II
or
III
is
not
effective
during
the
period
beginning
20
July
1,
1983,
and
ending
June
30,
1987,
the
Code
section
21
remains
in
effect
for
that
period.
On
July
1,
1987,
this
Act
22
1983
Iowa
Acts,
chapter
186,
takes
effect
in
its
entirety.
23
b.
However,
if
the
state
does
not
fully
assume
the
costs
24
for
a
fiscal
year
of
a
component
of
the
court
system
in
25
accordance
with
the
scheduled
assumption
of
responsibility,
26
the
state
shall
not
assume
responsibility
for
that
component,
27
and
the
schedule
of
state
assumption
of
responsibility
shall
28
be
delayed.
The
delayed
schedule
of
state
assumption
of
29
responsibility
shall
again
be
followed
for
the
fiscal
year
in
30
which
the
state
fully
assumes
the
costs
of
that
component.
31
For
the
fiscal
year
for
which
the
state’s
assumption
of
32
the
responsibility
for
a
court
component
is
delayed,
the
33
clerk
of
the
district
court
shall
not
reduce
the
percentage
34
remittance
to
the
counties
from
the
court
revenue
distribution
35
-78-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
78/
163
H.F.
_____
account
under
section
602.8108
.
The
clerk
shall
resume
the
1
delayed
schedule
of
reductions
in
county
remittances
for
the
2
fiscal
year
in
which
the
state
fully
assumes
the
costs
of
3
that
court
component.
If
the
schedules
of
state
assumption
4
of
responsibility
and
reductions
in
county
remittances
are
5
delayed,
the
transition
period
beginning
July
1,
1983,
and
6
ending
June
30,
1987,
is
correspondingly
lengthened,
and
this
7
Act
1983
Iowa
Acts,
chapter
186,
takes
effect
in
its
entirety
8
only
at
the
end
of
the
lengthened
transition
period.
9
3.
The
supreme
court
shall
prescribe
temporary
rules,
prior
10
to
the
dates
on
which
the
state
assumes
responsibility
for
the
11
components
of
the
court
system,
as
necessary
to
implement
the
12
administrative
and
supervisory
provisions
of
this
Act
1983
13
Iowa
Acts,
chapter
186
,
and
as
necessary
to
determine
the
14
applicability
of
specific
provisions
of
this
Act
1983
Iowa
15
Acts,
chapter
186,
in
accordance
with
the
scheduled
state
16
assumption
of
responsibility
for
the
components
of
the
court
17
system.
18
Sec.
173.
Section
622.34,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
19
follows:
20
622.34
Contract
not
denied
in
the
pleadings.
21
The
above
regulations
provisions
of
sections
622.32
and
22
622.33
,
relating
merely
to
the
proof
of
contracts,
shall
not
23
prevent
the
enforcement
of
those
not
denied
in
the
pleadings,
24
except
in
cases
when
the
contract
is
sought
to
be
enforced,
or
25
damages
recovered
for
the
breach
thereof,
against
some
person
26
other
than
the
person
who
made
it.
27
Sec.
174.
Section
622.79,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
28
follows:
29
622.79
When
party
fails
to
obey
subpoena.
30
In
addition
to
the
above
remedies
provided
in
sections
31
622.76
through
622.78
,
if
a
party
to
an
action
in
the
party’s
32
own
right,
on
being
duly
subpoenaed,
fails
to
appear
and
give
33
testimony,
the
other
party
may,
at
the
other
party’s
election,
34
have
a
continuance
of
the
cause
at
the
cost
of
the
delinquent.
35
-79-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
79/
163
H.F.
_____
Sec.
175.
Section
631.1,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
1
to
read
as
follows:
2
1.
The
following
actions
or
claims
are
small
claims
and
3
shall
be
commenced,
heard
and
determined
as
provided
in
this
4
chapter
:
5
a.
A
civil
action
for
a
money
judgment
where
the
amount
6
in
controversy
is
four
thousand
dollars
or
less
for
actions
7
commenced
before
July
1,
2002,
and
exclusive
of
interest
and
8
costs.
9
b.
A
civil
action
for
a
money
judgment
where
the
amount
10
in
controversy
is
five
thousand
dollars
or
less
for
actions
11
commenced
on
or
after
July
1,
2002,
exclusive
of
interest
and
12
costs.
13
Sec.
176.
Section
633.128,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
14
follows:
15
633.128
Court
accountings.
16
1.
Unless
ordered
by
a
court
of
competent
jurisdiction,
17
the
bank
or
trust
company
operating
such
common
trust
funds
18
is
not
required
to
render
a
court
accounting
with
regard
to
19
such
funds;
but
it
may,
by
application
to
the
court,
secure
20
approval
of
such
an
accounting
on
such
conditions
as
the
court
21
may
establish.
22
2.
When
an
accounting
of
a
common
trust
fund
is
presented
to
23
a
court
for
approval,
the
court
shall
assign
a
time
and
place
24
for
hearing,
and
order
notice
thereof
by
all
of
the
following
:
25
a.
(1)
Publication
once
each
week
for
three
consecutive
26
weeks
in
a
newspaper
of
general
circulation,
published
in
the
27
county
in
which
the
bank
or
trust
company
operating
the
common
28
trust
fund
is
located,
the
first
publication
to
be
not
less
29
than
twenty
days
prior
to
the
date
of
hearing
,
and
(2)
sending
.
30
b.
Sending
by
ordinary
mail
not
less
than
fourteen
days
31
prior
to
the
date
of
hearing,
a
copy
of
the
notice
prescribed
32
to
all
beneficiaries
of
the
trust
participating
in
the
common
33
trust
fund
whose
names
are
known
to
the
bank
or
trust
company
34
from
the
records
kept
by
it
in
the
regular
course
of
business
35
-80-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
80/
163
H.F.
_____
in
the
administration
of
said
trusts,
directed
to
them
at
the
1
addresses
shown
by
such
records
,
and
(3)
such
.
2
c.
Such
further
notice,
if
any,
as
the
court
may
order.
3
Sec.
177.
Section
633.376,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
4
amended
to
read
as
follows:
5
2.
The
estate’s
personal
representative
shall
mail
pursuant
6
to
section
633.40,
subsection
5
,
to
the
legal
guardian
of
each
7
child
qualified
under
subsection
1
and
to
each
child
or
the
8
guardian
ad
litem
for
such
child
if
necessary,
who
has
no
legal
9
guardian,
a
written
notice
regarding
the
right
to
request
an
10
allowance.
The
notice
shall
inform
the
child
and
the
child’s
11
guardian
or
guardian
ad
litem
,
if
applicable,
of
the
right
to
12
submit
an
application
to
the
court,
within
four
months
after
13
service
of
the
notice,
for
support
for
a
period
of
twelve
14
months
following
the
decedent’s
death.
If
an
application
for
15
support
has
not
been
filed
within
four
months
after
service
of
16
the
notice
by
or
on
behalf
of
the
child
qualifying
for
support
17
under
subsection
1
,
the
child
shall
be
deemed
to
have
waived
18
the
right
to
support
under
this
section
.
A
child
who
qualifies
19
for
support
under
this
section
or
the
child’s
guardian
or
20
guardian
ad
litem
may
waive
the
child’s
right
to
such
support
21
by
filing
an
affidavit
acknowledging
receipt
of
notice
and
22
irrevocably
waiving
the
child’s
right
to
support
under
this
23
section
.
24
Sec.
178.
Section
633.704,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
25
amended
to
read
as
follows:
26
2.
If
a
court
of
another
state
in
which
a
guardianship
or
27
protective
proceeding
is
pending
requests
assistance
pursuant
28
to
described
in
subsection
1
,
a
court
of
this
state
has
29
jurisdiction
for
the
limited
purpose
of
granting
the
request
or
30
making
reasonable
efforts
to
comply
with
the
request.
31
Sec.
179.
Section
633A.3110,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
32
as
follows:
33
633A.3110
Notice
to
creditors,
heirs,
and
surviving
spouse.
34
1.
As
used
in
this
section
,
“heir”
means
only
such
person
35
-81-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
81/
163
H.F.
_____
who
would,
in
an
intestate
estate,
be
entitled
to
a
share
under
1
section
633.219
.
2
2.
The
trustee
may
give
notice
as
described
herein
to
3
creditors,
heirs,
and
the
surviving
spouse
of
the
settlor
for
4
the
purpose
of
establishing
their
rights
to
contest
the
trust
5
and
to
file
claims
against
the
trust
assets.
6
a.
No
later
than
the
end
of
the
one-year
period
beginning
7
with
the
settlor’s
date
of
death,
the
trustee
may
publish
a
8
notice
once
each
week
for
two
consecutive
weeks
in
a
daily
or
9
weekly
newspaper
of
general
circulation
published
in
the
county
10
in
which
the
settlor
was
a
resident
at
the
time
of
death.
If
11
the
settlor
was
not
a
resident
of
Iowa,
but
the
principal
place
12
of
administration
is
in
Iowa,
the
trustee
shall
publish
notice
13
in
the
county
that
is
the
principal
place
of
administration
14
pursuant
to
section
633A.6102
.
15
b.
If
notice
is
published
pursuant
to
paragraph
“a”
,
the
16
trustee
shall
also
give
notice
by
ordinary
mail
within
one
year
17
of
the
settlor’s
death
to
the
surviving
spouse
and
the
heirs
of
18
the
decedent
whose
identities
are
reasonably
ascertainable,
at
19
such
person’s
last
known
address.
20
c.
If
notice
is
published
pursuant
to
paragraph
“a”
,
the
21
trustee
shall
also
give
notice
to
creditors
of
the
settlor
who
22
are
known
or
reasonably
ascertainable
within
the
period
for
23
filing
claims
specified
in
the
published
notice
and
who
the
24
trustee
believes
own
or
possess
a
claim,
which
will
not
or
may
25
not
be
paid
or
otherwise
satisfied
during
the
administration
of
26
the
trust,
by
ordinary
mail
to
each
person
at
the
person’s
last
27
known
address.
28
d.
The
notices
described
in
this
subsection
shall,
if
given,
29
include
notification
of
the
settlor’s
death,
and
the
fact
that
30
any
action
to
contest
the
validity
of
the
trust
must
be
brought
31
within
the
later
to
occur
of
four
months
from
the
date
of
the
32
second
publication
of
the
notice
made
pursuant
to
paragraph
“a”
33
or
thirty
days
from
the
date
of
mailing
of
the
notice
pursuant
34
to
paragraph
“b”
,
and
that
any
claim
against
the
trust
assets
35
-82-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
82/
163
H.F.
_____
will
be
forever
barred
unless
proof
of
a
creditor’s
claim
1
is
mailed
to
the
trustee
by
certified
mail,
return
receipt
2
requested,
within
the
later
to
occur
of
four
months
from
the
3
date
of
second
publication
of
notice
made
pursuant
to
paragraph
4
“a”
or
thirty
days
from
the
date
of
mailing
of
the
notice
5
pursuant
to
paragraph
“b”
,
if
required.
A
person
who
is
not
6
entitled
to
receive
a
mailed
notice
or
who
does
not
make
a
7
claim
within
the
appropriate
period
is
forever
barred
from
8
asserting
any
claim
against
the
trust
or
the
trust
assets.
9
3.
If
notice
is
published
pursuant
to
subsection
2,
10
paragraph
“a”
,
claims
of
creditors
that
are
discovered
or
which
11
become
reasonably
ascertainable
after
the
end
of
the
notice
12
period
are
barred.
13
4.
If
notice
is
not
published
and
given
as
provided
in
14
this
section
,
the
right
to
challenge
the
trust
and
file
claims
15
against
the
trust
assets
are
limited
as
provided
in
sections
16
633A.3108
and
633A.3109
.
17
5.
The
notice
described
in
subsection
2
shall
be
18
substantially
in
the
following
form:
19
To
all
persons
regarding
...............................,
20
deceased,
who
died
on
or
about
........................
,
21
(year)
................
(date)
.
You
are
hereby
notified
22
that
..........................
is
the
trustee
of
the
23
................
Trust.
24
Any
action
to
contest
the
validity
of
the
trust
must
be
25
brought
in
the
District
Court
of
....
County,
Iowa,
within
26
the
later
to
occur
of
four
months
from
the
date
of
second
27
publication
of
this
notice,
or
thirty
days
from
the
date
of
28
mailing
this
notice
to
all
heirs
of
the
decedent
settlor
29
and
the
spouse
of
the
decedent
settlor
whose
identities
are
30
reasonably
ascertainable.
Any
suit
not
filed
within
this
31
period
shall
be
forever
barred.
32
Notice
is
further
given
that
any
person
or
entity
possessing
33
a
claim
against
the
trust
must
mail
proof
of
the
claim
to
the
34
trustee
at
the
address
listed
below
via
certified
mail,
return
35
-83-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
83/
163
H.F.
_____
receipt
requested,
by
the
later
to
occur
of
four
months
from
1
the
second
publication
of
this
notice
or
thirty
days
from
the
2
date
of
mailing
this
notice
if
required,
or
the
claim
shall
be
3
forever
barred,
unless
paid
or
otherwise
satisfied.
4
Dated
this
............
day
of
5
........................
(month)
,
(year)
...............
(year)
6
..........................................................
7
Trust
8
......................................................
9
Trustee
10
Address:
.............................................
11
...............................................................
12
Date
of
second
publication
13
............
day
of
........................
(month)
,
(year)
14
................
(year)
15
6.
The
proof
of
claim
must
be
in
writing
stating
the
party’s
16
name
and
address
and
describing
the
nature
and
amount
of
the
17
claim,
if
ascertainable,
and
accompanied
by
an
affidavit
of
the
18
party
or
a
representative
of
the
party
verifying
the
amount
19
that
is
due,
or
when
the
amount
will
become
due,
that
no
20
payments
have
been
made
on
the
claim
that
are
not
credited,
and
21
that
no
offsets
to
the
claim
exist.
22
7.
At
any
time
after
receipt
by
the
trustee
of
a
proof
of
23
claim,
the
trustee
may
give
the
party
submitting
the
claim
a
24
written
notice
of
disallowance
of
the
claim.
The
notice
shall
25
be
given
by
certified
mail,
return
receipt
requested,
addressed
26
to
the
party
at
the
address
stated
in
the
claim,
and
to
the
27
attorney
of
record
of
the
party
submitting
the
claim.
Such
28
notice
of
disallowance
shall
advise
the
party
submitting
the
29
claim
that
the
claim
has
been
disallowed
and
will
be
forever
30
barred
unless
suit
is
filed
against
the
trustee
to
enforce
31
the
claim
within
thirty
days
of
the
date
of
the
mailing
of
32
the
notice
of
disallowance.
If
suit
is
filed,
the
provisions
33
in
chapter
633
relating
to
actions
to
enforce
a
claim
shall
34
apply
with
the
trust
and
trustee
substituted
for
the
estate
and
35
-84-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
84/
163
H.F.
_____
personal
representative.
1
8.
The
trustee
and
creditor
may
agree
to
extend
the
2
limitations
period
for
filing
an
action
to
enforce
the
claim.
3
If
the
creditor
fails
to
properly
file
its
claim
within
the
4
established
time
period
or
bring
an
action
to
enforce
its
claim
5
within
the
established
time
period,
the
creditor’s
claim
shall
6
be
forever
barred.
7
9.
The
trustee
shall
give
notice
to
the
beneficiaries
of
the
8
trust
as
required
by
section
633A.4213
.
9
10.
The
trustee
shall
give
notice
to
the
surviving
spouse
10
of
the
right
to
elect
to
take
an
elective
share
of
the
trust
11
as
required
by
section
633.237
and
the
right
to
a
spousal
an
12
allowance
for
the
surviving
spouse
and
any
dependents
of
the
13
settlor
residing
with
the
surviving
spouse
as
required
by
14
section
633A.3114
.
15
11.
The
trustee
shall
give
notice
to
eligible
children
16
not
residing
with
the
surviving
spouse
of
their
right
to
an
17
allowance
as
required
by
section
633A.3115
.
18
Sec.
180.
Section
633A.3115,
subsections
1
and
3,
Code
2013,
19
are
amended
to
read
as
follows:
20
1.
If
the
trustee
is
required
to
give
notice
under
section
21
633A.3114
,
the
trustee
shall
also
mail,
pursuant
to
section
22
633.40,
subsection
5
,
to
the
legal
guardian
of
each
child
23
qualified
under
subsection
2
and
to
each
such
child
or
the
24
guardian
ad
litem
for
such
child
if
necessary,
who
has
no
legal
25
guardian,
a
written
notice
regarding
the
right
to
request
an
26
allowance.
The
notice
shall
inform
the
child
and
the
child’s
27
guardian
or
guardian
ad
litem
,
if
applicable,
of
the
right
to
28
submit
an
application
to
the
trustee
within
four
months
after
29
service
of
the
notice,
for
a
support
allowance
for
a
period
of
30
twelve
months
following
the
decedent’s
death.
31
3.
If
an
application
for
a
support
allowance
has
not
32
been
filed
within
four
months
after
service
of
the
notice
33
by
or
on
behalf
of
the
child
qualifying
for
an
allowance
34
under
subsection
2
,
the
child
shall
be
deemed
to
have
waived
35
-85-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
85/
163
H.F.
_____
the
right
to
an
allowance
under
this
section
.
A
child
who
1
qualifies
for
an
allowance
under
this
section
or
the
guardian
2
or
guardian
ad
litem
for
the
child,
if
any,
may
waive
the
3
child’s
right
to
such
an
allowance
by
submitting
an
affidavit
4
to
the
trustee
acknowledging
receipt
of
notice
and
irrevocably
5
waiving
the
child’s
right
to
an
allowance
under
this
section
.
6
Sec.
181.
Section
654.14,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
7
follows:
8
654.14
Preference
in
receivership
——
application
of
rents.
9
1.
In
an
action
to
foreclose
a
real
estate
mortgage,
if
10
a
receiver
is
appointed
to
take
charge
of
the
real
estate,
11
preference
shall
be
given
to
the
owner
or
person
in
actual
12
possession,
subject
to
approval
of
the
court,
in
leasing
13
the
mortgaged
premises.
If
the
real
estate
is
agricultural
14
land
used
for
farming,
as
defined
in
section
9H.1
,
the
15
owner
or
person
in
actual
possession
shall
be
appointed
as
16
receiver
without
bond,
provided
that
all
parties
agree
to
the
17
appointment.
The
rents,
profits,
avails,
and
income
derived
18
from
the
real
estate
shall
be
applied
as
follows:
19
1.
a.
To
the
cost
of
receivership.
20
2.
b.
To
the
payment
of
taxes
due
or
becoming
due
during
21
said
receivership.
22
3.
c.
To
pay
the
insurance
on
buildings
on
the
premises
23
and/or
or
such
other
benefits
to
the
real
estate
,
or
both,
as
24
may
be
ordered
by
the
court.
25
4.
d.
The
balance
shall
be
paid
and
distributed
as
26
determined
by
the
court.
27
2.
If
the
owner
or
person
in
actual
possession
of
28
agricultural
land
as
defined
in
section
9H.1
is
not
afforded
29
a
right
of
first
refusal
in
leasing
the
mortgaged
premises
by
30
the
receiver,
the
owner
or
person
in
actual
possession
has
a
31
cause
of
action
against
the
receiver
to
recover
either
actual
32
damages
or
a
one
thousand
dollar
penalty,
and
costs,
including
33
reasonable
attorney’s
fees.
The
receiver
shall
deliver
notice
34
to
the
owner
or
person
in
actual
possession
or
the
attorney
of
35
-86-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
86/
163
H.F.
_____
the
owner
or
person
in
actual
possession,
of
an
offer
made
to
1
the
receiver,
the
terms
of
the
offer,
and
the
name
and
address
2
of
the
person
making
the
offer.
The
delivery
shall
be
made
3
personally
with
receipt
returned
or
by
certified
or
registered
4
mail,
with
the
proper
postage
on
the
envelope,
addressed
to
5
the
owner
or
person
in
actual
possession
or
the
attorney
of
6
the
owner
or
person
in
actual
possession.
An
offer
shall
be
7
deemed
to
have
been
refused
if
the
owner
or
person
in
actual
8
possession
or
the
attorney
of
the
owner
or
person
in
actual
9
possession
does
not
respond
within
ten
days
following
the
date
10
that
the
notice
is
mailed.
11
Sec.
182.
Section
671.2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
12
follows:
13
671.2
Exception.
14
1.
The
limited
liability
provided
in
section
671.1
shall
not
15
apply
where:
16
1.
a.
A
guest
has
offered
to
deliver
such
valuables
to
said
17
the
keeper
or
owner
for
custody
in
such
metal
safe
or
vault,
18
and
19
2.
b.
Said
The
keeper
or
owner
has
omitted
or
refused
to
20
receive
and
deposit
the
same
valuables
in
such
the
safe
or
21
vault
and
give
such
guest
a
receipt
therefor
for
the
valuables
.
22
2.
But
such
The
keeper
or
owner
shall
not
be
required
to
23
receive
from
any
one
guest
for
deposit
in
such
the
keeper’s
or
24
owner’s
safe
or
vault,
property
having
a
market
value
of
more
25
than
five
hundred
dollars.
26
Sec.
183.
Section
708.1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
27
follows:
28
708.1
Assault
defined.
29
1.
An
assault
as
defined
in
this
section
is
a
general
intent
30
crime.
31
2.
A
person
commits
an
assault
when,
without
justification,
32
the
person
does
any
of
the
following:
33
1.
a.
Any
act
which
is
intended
to
cause
pain
or
injury
to,
34
or
which
is
intended
to
result
in
physical
contact
which
will
35
-87-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
87/
163
H.F.
_____
be
insulting
or
offensive
to
another,
coupled
with
the
apparent
1
ability
to
execute
the
act.
2
2.
b.
Any
act
which
is
intended
to
place
another
in
fear
of
3
immediate
physical
contact
which
will
be
painful,
injurious,
4
insulting,
or
offensive,
coupled
with
the
apparent
ability
to
5
execute
the
act.
6
3.
c.
Intentionally
points
any
firearm
toward
another,
or
7
displays
in
a
threatening
manner
any
dangerous
weapon
toward
8
another.
9
3.
Provided,
that
where
An
act
described
in
subsection
2
10
shall
not
be
an
assault
under
the
following
circumstances:
11
a.
If
the
person
doing
any
of
the
above
enumerated
acts,
12
and
such
other
person,
are
voluntary
participants
in
a
sport,
13
social
or
other
activity,
not
in
itself
criminal,
and
such
act
14
is
a
reasonably
foreseeable
incident
of
such
sport
or
activity,
15
and
does
not
create
an
unreasonable
risk
of
serious
injury
or
16
breach
of
the
peace
,
the
act
shall
not
be
an
assault
.
17
b.
Provided,
that
where
If
the
person
doing
any
of
the
above
18
enumerated
acts
is
employed
by
a
school
district
or
accredited
19
nonpublic
school,
or
is
an
area
education
agency
staff
member
20
who
provides
services
to
a
school
or
school
district,
and
21
intervenes
in
a
fight
or
physical
struggle,
or
other
disruptive
22
situation,
that
takes
place
in
the
presence
of
the
employee
or
23
staff
member
performing
employment
duties
in
a
school
building,
24
on
school
grounds,
or
at
an
official
school
function
regardless
25
of
the
location,
the
act
shall
not
be
an
assault,
whether
the
26
fight
or
physical
struggle
or
other
disruptive
situation
is
27
between
students
or
other
individuals,
if
the
degree
and
the
28
force
of
the
intervention
is
reasonably
necessary
to
restore
29
order
and
to
protect
the
safety
of
those
assembled.
30
Sec.
184.
Section
708.4,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
31
follows:
32
708.4
Willful
injury.
33
Any
person
who
does
an
act
which
is
not
justified
and
which
34
is
intended
to
cause
serious
injury
to
another
commits
the
35
-88-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
88/
163
H.F.
_____
following
willful
injury,
which
is
punishable
as
follows
:
1
1.
A
class
“C”
felony,
if
the
person
causes
serious
injury
2
to
another.
3
2.
A
class
“D”
felony,
if
the
person
causes
bodily
injury
4
to
another.
5
Sec.
185.
Section
709.16,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
6
amended
to
read
as
follows:
7
2.
a.
An
officer,
employee,
contractor,
vendor,
volunteer,
8
or
agent
of
a
juvenile
placement
facility
who
engages
in
a
9
sex
act
with
a
juvenile
placed
at
such
facility
commits
an
10
aggravated
misdemeanor.
11
b.
For
purposes
of
this
subsection
,
a
“juvenile
placement
12
facility”
means
any
of
the
following:
13
a.
(1)
A
child
foster
care
facility
licensed
under
section
14
237.4
.
15
b.
(2)
Institutions
controlled
by
the
department
of
human
16
services
listed
in
section
218.1
.
17
c.
(3)
Juvenile
detention
and
juvenile
shelter
care
homes
18
approved
under
section
232.142
.
19
d.
(4)
Psychiatric
medical
institutions
for
children
20
licensed
under
chapter
135H
.
21
e.
(5)
Substance
abuse
facilities
Facilities
for
the
22
treatment
of
persons
with
substance-related
disorders
as
23
defined
in
section
125.2
.
24
Sec.
186.
Section
710.5,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
25
follows:
26
710.5
Child
stealing.
27
1.
A
person
commits
a
class
“C”
felony
child
stealing
when,
28
knowing
that
the
person
has
no
authority
to
do
so,
the
person
29
forcibly
or
fraudulently
takes,
decoys,
or
entices
away
any
30
child
with
intent
to
detain
or
conceal
such
child
from
its
31
parents
or
guardian,
or
other
persons
or
institution
having
the
32
lawful
custody
of
such
child,
unless
the
person
is
a
relative
33
of
such
child,
and
the
person’s
sole
purpose
is
to
assume
34
custody
of
such
child.
35
-89-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
89/
163
H.F.
_____
2.
Child
stealing
is
a
class
“C”
felony.
1
3.
For
purposes
of
determining
whether
the
person
should
2
register
as
a
sex
offender
pursuant
to
the
provisions
of
3
chapter
692A
,
the
fact
finder
shall
make
a
determination
as
4
provided
in
section
692A.126
.
5
Sec.
187.
Section
710A.2,
subsection
8,
Code
2013,
is
6
amended
to
read
as
follows:
7
8.
A
person’s
ignorance
of
the
age
of
the
victim
or
a
belief
8
that
the
victim
was
older
is
no
not
a
defense
to
a
violation
of
9
this
section
.
10
Sec.
188.
Section
710A.2A,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
11
follows:
12
710A.2A
Solicitation
of
commercial
sexual
activity.
13
A
person
shall
not
entice,
coerce,
or
recruit,
or
attempt
to
14
entice,
coerce,
or
recruit,
either
a
person
who
is
under
the
15
age
of
eighteen
or
a
law
enforcement
officer
or
agent
who
is
16
representing
oneself
to
be
that
the
officer
or
agent
is
under
17
the
age
of
eighteen,
to
engage
in
a
commercial
sexual
activity.
18
A
person
who
violates
this
section
commits
a
class
“D”
felony.
19
Sec.
189.
Section
714.24,
subsections
2,
3,
4,
and
7,
Code
20
2013,
are
amended
to
read
as
follows:
21
2.
An
entity
that
claims
an
exemption
under
section
714.19
22
or
714.22
must
file
an
exemption
claim
with
the
commission.
23
The
commission
may
approve
or
deny
the
exemption
claim.
Except
24
for
a
school
that
claims
an
exemption
under
section
714.19,
25
subsection
1,
3,
or
10
,
a
filing
of
a
claim
for
an
exemption
26
pursuant
to
section
714.19
or
714.22
must
be
completed
at
least
27
once
every
two
years.
28
3.
An
entity
that
claims
an
exemption
under
section
714.19
29
or
714.22
must
file
evidence
of
financial
responsibility
30
pursuant
to
section
714.18
within
sixty
calendar
days
following
31
the
date
upon
which
conditions
that
qualify
the
entity
for
an
32
exemption
under
section
714.19
no
longer
exist.
The
commission
33
may
grant
an
entity
a
longer
period
to
file
evidence
of
34
financial
responsibility
based
on
documentation
the
entity
35
-90-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
90/
163
H.F.
_____
provides
to
the
commission
of
its
substantial
progress
to
1
comply
with
section
714.18,
subsection
1
,
paragraph
“a”
.
2
4.
An
entity
that
is
required
to
file
evidence
of
financial
3
responsibility
under
section
714.18
,
or
an
entity
that
files
4
a
claim
of
exemption
under
section
714.19
or
714.22
,
shall
5
utilize
required
forms
approved
and
supplied
by
the
commission.
6
7.
Except
as
provided
in
section
714.18,
subsection
2
,
7
paragraph
“a”
,
the
information
submitted
under
sections
714.18
,
8
714.22
,
714.23
,
and
714.25
are
public
records
under
chapter
22
.
9
Sec.
190.
Section
715.3,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
10
to
read
as
follows:
11
2.
“Computer
software”
means
a
sequence
of
instructions
12
written
in
any
programming
language
that
is
executed
on
a
13
computer.
“Computer
software”
does
not
include
computer
14
software
that
is
a
web
page
an
internet
site
or
data
components
15
of
a
web
page
an
internet
site
that
are
not
executable
16
independently
of
the
web
page
internet
site
.
17
Sec.
191.
Section
715.3,
subsection
10,
paragraph
b,
Code
18
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
19
b.
The
storage
or
hosting
of
the
computer
software
program
20
or
an
internet
web
page
site
through
which
the
software
was
21
made
available.
22
Sec.
192.
Section
715.4,
subsection
1,
paragraphs
a
through
23
c,
Code
2013,
are
amended
to
read
as
follows:
24
a.
The
web
page
internet
site
that
appears
when
an
owner
25
or
operator
launches
an
internet
browser
or
similar
computer
26
software
used
to
access
and
navigate
the
internet.
27
b.
The
default
provider
or
web
internet
proxy
that
an
owner
28
or
operator
uses
to
access
or
search
the
internet.
29
c.
An
owner’s
or
an
operator’s
list
of
bookmarks
used
to
30
access
web
pages
internet
sites
.
31
Sec.
193.
Section
716.3,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
32
follows:
33
716.3
Criminal
mischief
in
the
first
degree.
34
1.
Criminal
mischief
is
criminal
mischief
in
the
first
35
-91-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
91/
163
H.F.
_____
degree
if
the
either
of
the
following
apply:
1
a.
The
cost
of
replacing,
repairing,
or
restoring
the
2
property
so
that
is
damaged,
defaced,
altered,
or
destroyed
is
3
more
than
ten
thousand
dollars
,
or
if
such
.
4
b.
The
acts
are
intended
to
or
do
in
fact
cause
a
5
substantial
interruption
or
impairment
of
service
rendered
to
6
the
public
by
a
gas,
electric,
steam
or
waterworks
corporation,
7
telephone
or
telegraph
corporation,
common
carrier,
or
a
public
8
utility
operated
by
a
municipality.
9
2.
Criminal
mischief
in
the
first
degree
is
a
class
“C”
10
felony.
11
Sec.
194.
Section
716.4,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
12
follows:
13
716.4
Criminal
mischief
in
the
second
degree.
14
1.
Criminal
mischief
is
criminal
mischief
in
the
second
15
degree
if
the
cost
of
replacing,
repairing,
or
restoring
the
16
property
so
that
is
damaged,
defaced,
altered,
or
destroyed
17
exceeds
one
thousand
dollars
but
does
not
exceed
ten
thousand
18
dollars.
19
2.
Criminal
mischief
in
the
second
degree
is
a
class
“D”
20
felony.
21
Sec.
195.
Section
716.6,
subsection
1,
paragraph
a,
22
subparagraph
(1),
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
23
(1)
The
cost
of
replacing,
repairing,
or
restoring
the
24
property
so
that
is
damaged,
defaced,
altered,
or
destroyed
25
exceeds
two
hundred
dollars,
but
does
not
exceed
five
hundred
26
dollars.
27
Sec.
196.
Section
716.10,
subsection
3,
Code
2013,
is
28
amended
to
read
as
follows:
29
3.
For
purposes
of
this
section
,
“railway
corporation”
:
30
a.
“Railway
corporation”
means
a
corporation,
company,
or
31
person
owning,
leasing,
or
operating
any
railroad
in
whole
or
32
in
part
within
the
state.
33
b.
“Train”
means
a
series
of
two
or
more
train
components
34
which
are
coupled
together
in
a
line.
35
-92-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
92/
163
H.F.
_____
c.
For
purposes
of
this
section
,
“train
component”
“Train
1
component”
means
any
locomotive,
engine,
tender,
railroad
car,
2
passenger
car,
freight
car,
box
car,
tank
car,
hopper
car,
3
flatbed,
container,
work
equipment,
rail-mounted
equipment,
or
4
any
other
railroad
rolling
stock.
5
For
purposes
of
this
section
,
“train”
means
a
series
of
two
6
or
more
train
components
which
are
coupled
together
in
a
line.
7
Sec.
197.
Section
716A.3,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
8
amended
to
read
as
follows:
9
2.
a.
A
person
who
knowingly
sells
an
adulterated
or
10
misbranded
drug
through
the
use
of
electronic
mail
or
the
11
internet
is
guilty
of
a
class
“D”
felony.
12
b.
However,
if
If
the
death
of
a
person
occurs
as
the
result
13
of
consuming
a
drug,
as
defined
in
section
155A.3
,
sold
in
14
violation
of
this
section
subsection
,
the
violation
is
a
class
15
“B”
felony.
16
Sec.
198.
Section
716B.2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
17
follows:
18
716B.2
Unlawful
disposal
of
hazardous
waste
——
penalties.
19
1.
A
person
who
commits
the
offense
of
unlawful
disposal
20
of
hazardous
waste
when
the
person
knowingly
or
with
reason
to
21
know,
disposes
of
hazardous
waste
or
arranges
for
or
allows
22
the
disposal
of
hazardous
waste
at
any
location
other
than
one
23
authorized
by
the
department
or
the
United
States
environmental
24
protection
agency,
or
in
violation
of
any
material
term
or
25
condition
of
a
hazardous
waste
facility
permit
,
.
26
2.
a.
A
person
who
commits
the
offense
of
unlawful
disposal
27
of
hazardous
waste
is
guilty
of
an
aggravated
misdemeanor
and
28
upon
conviction
shall
be
punished
by
a
fine
of
not
more
than
29
twenty-five
thousand
dollars
for
each
day
of
violation
or
30
imprisonment
for
not
more
than
two
years,
or
both.
31
b.
If
the
conviction
is
for
a
violation
committed
after
32
a
first
conviction
under
this
section
,
the
person
is
guilty
33
of
a
class
“D”
felony
and
shall
be
punished
by
a
fine
of
not
34
more
than
fifty
thousand
dollars
for
each
day
of
violation
or
35
-93-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
93/
163
H.F.
_____
imprisonment
for
not
more
than
five
years,
or
both.
1
Sec.
199.
Section
716B.3,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
2
follows:
3
716B.3
Unlawful
transportation
of
hazardous
waste
——
4
penalties.
5
1.
A
person
who
commits
the
offense
of
unlawful
6
transportation
of
hazardous
waste
when
the
person
knowingly
or
7
with
reason
to
know,
transports
or
causes
to
be
transported
8
any
hazardous
waste
to
any
location
other
than
a
facility
that
9
is
authorized
to
receive,
treat,
store,
or
dispose
of
the
10
hazardous
waste
under
rules
adopted
pursuant
to
the
federal
11
Resource
Conservation
and
Recovery
Act,
42
U.S.C.
§
6901
–
12
6992
,
.
13
2.
a.
A
person
who
commits
the
offense
of
unlawful
14
transportation
of
hazardous
waste
is
guilty
of
an
aggravated
15
misdemeanor
and
upon
conviction
shall
be
punished
by
a
fine
16
of
not
more
than
twenty-five
thousand
dollars
for
each
day
of
17
violation
or
imprisonment
for
not
more
than
two
years,
or
both.
18
b.
If
the
conviction
is
for
a
violation
committed
after
19
a
first
conviction
under
this
section
,
the
person
is
guilty
20
of
a
class
“D”
felony
and
shall
be
punished
by
a
fine
of
not
21
more
than
fifty
thousand
dollars
for
each
day
of
violation
or
22
imprisonment
for
not
more
than
five
years,
or
both.
23
Sec.
200.
Section
716B.4,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
24
follows:
25
716B.4
Unlawful
storage
or
treatment
or
storage
of
hazardous
26
waste
——
penalties.
27
1.
A
person
who
commits
the
offense
of
unlawful
treatment
or
28
storage
of
hazardous
waste
when
the
person
knowingly
or
with
29
reason
to
know,
treats
or
stores
hazardous
waste
without
a
30
permit
issued
pursuant
to
42
U.S.C.
§
6925
or
§
6926
.
31
2.
a.
A
person
who
commits
the
offense
of
unlawful
32
treatment
or
storage
of
hazardous
waste
is
guilty
of
an
33
aggravated
misdemeanor
and
upon
conviction
shall
be
punished
by
34
a
fine
of
not
more
than
twenty-five
thousand
dollars
for
each
35
-94-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
94/
163
H.F.
_____
day
of
violation
or
imprisonment
for
not
more
than
two
years,
1
or
both.
2
b.
If
the
conviction
is
for
a
violation
committed
after
3
a
first
conviction
under
this
section
,
the
person
is
guilty
4
of
a
class
“D”
felony
and
shall
be
punished
by
a
fine
of
not
5
more
than
fifty
thousand
dollars
for
each
day
of
violation
or
6
imprisonment
for
not
more
than
five
years,
or
both.
7
Sec.
201.
Section
717B.1,
subsection
5,
Code
2013,
is
8
amended
to
read
as
follows:
9
5.
“Law
enforcement
officer”
means
a
regularly
employed
10
member
of
a
police
force
of
a
city
or
county,
including
a
11
sheriff,
who
is
responsible
for
the
prevention
and
dedication
12
detection
of
crime
and
the
enforcement
of
the
criminal
laws
of
13
this
state.
14
Sec.
202.
Section
719.1,
subsections
1
and
2,
Code
2013,
are
15
amended
to
read
as
follows:
16
1.
A
person
who
commits
interference
with
official
acts
when
17
the
person
knowingly
resists
or
obstructs
anyone
known
by
the
18
person
to
be
a
peace
officer,
emergency
medical
care
provider
19
under
chapter
147A
,
or
fire
fighter,
whether
paid
or
volunteer,
20
in
the
performance
of
any
act
which
is
within
the
scope
of
the
21
lawful
duty
or
authority
of
that
officer,
emergency
medical
22
care
provider
under
chapter
147A
,
or
fire
fighter,
whether
paid
23
or
volunteer,
or
who
knowingly
resists
or
obstructs
the
service
24
or
execution
by
any
authorized
person
of
any
civil
or
criminal
25
process
or
order
of
any
court
,
commits
.
26
a.
Interference
with
official
acts
is
a
simple
misdemeanor.
27
In
addition
to
any
other
penalties,
the
punishment
imposed
28
for
a
violation
of
under
this
subsection
paragraph
shall
29
include
assessment
of
a
fine
of
not
less
than
two
hundred
fifty
30
dollars.
31
b.
However,
if
If
a
person
commits
an
interference
with
32
official
acts,
as
defined
in
this
subsection
,
and
in
so
doing
33
inflicts
bodily
injury
other
than
serious
injury,
that
person
34
commits
an
aggravated
misdemeanor.
35
-95-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
95/
163
H.F.
_____
c.
If
a
person
commits
an
interference
with
official
acts,
1
as
defined
in
this
subsection
,
and
in
so
doing
inflicts
or
2
attempts
to
inflict
serious
injury,
or
displays
a
dangerous
3
weapon,
as
defined
in
section
702.7
,
or
is
armed
with
a
4
firearm,
that
person
commits
a
class
“D”
felony.
5
2.
A
person
under
the
custody,
control,
or
supervision
of
6
the
department
of
corrections
who
commits
interference
with
7
official
acts
when
the
person
knowingly
resists,
obstructs,
or
8
interferes
with
a
correctional
officer,
agent,
employee,
or
9
contractor,
whether
paid
or
volunteer,
in
the
performance
of
10
the
person’s
official
duties
,
commits
.
11
a.
Interference
with
official
acts
in
violation
of
this
12
subsection
is
a
serious
misdemeanor.
13
b.
If
a
person
violates
this
subsection
and
in
so
doing
14
commits
an
assault,
as
defined
in
section
708.1
,
the
person
15
commits
an
aggravated
misdemeanor.
16
c.
If
a
person
violates
this
subsection
and
in
so
doing
17
inflicts
or
attempts
to
inflict
bodily
injury
other
than
18
serious
injury
to
another,
displays
a
dangerous
weapon,
as
19
defined
in
section
702.7
,
or
is
armed
with
a
firearm,
the
20
person
commits
a
class
“D”
felony.
21
d.
If
a
person
violates
this
subsection
and
uses
or
attempts
22
to
use
a
dangerous
weapon,
as
defined
in
section
702.7
,
or
23
inflicts
serious
injury
to
another,
the
person
commits
a
class
24
“C”
felony.
25
Sec.
203.
Section
721.6,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
26
follows:
27
721.6
Exception
to
sections
721.3
to
through
721.5
.
28
The
provisions
of
sections
721.3
to
through
721.5
shall
not
29
be
construed
as
prohibiting
any
such
officer
or
employee
who
is
30
a
candidate
for
political
office
to
engage
in
campaigning
at
31
any
time
or
at
any
place
for
the
officer’s
or
employee’s
self
32
own
candidacy
.
33
Sec.
204.
Section
721.7,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
34
follows:
35
-96-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
96/
163
H.F.
_____
721.7
Penalty
for
violating
sections
721.3
to
721.6
through
1
721.5
.
2
Any
person
who
violates
any
provision
of
sections
721.3
to
3
721.6
through
721.5
shall
be
guilty
of
a
serious
misdemeanor.
4
Sec.
205.
Section
724.1,
subsection
7,
unnumbered
paragraph
5
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
by
striking
the
unnumbered
paragraph.
6
Sec.
206.
Section
724.2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
7
follows:
8
724.2
Authority
to
possess
offensive
weapons.
9
1.
Any
of
the
following
persons
or
entities
is
authorized
10
to
possess
an
offensive
weapon
when
the
person’s
or
entity’s
11
duties
or
lawful
activities
require
or
permit
such
possession:
12
1.
a.
Any
peace
officer.
13
2.
b.
Any
member
of
the
armed
forces
of
the
United
States
14
or
of
the
national
guard.
15
3.
c.
Any
person
in
the
service
of
the
United
States.
16
4.
d.
A
correctional
officer,
serving
in
an
institution
17
under
the
authority
of
the
Iowa
department
of
corrections.
18
5.
e.
Any
person
who
under
the
laws
of
this
state
and
the
19
United
States,
is
lawfully
engaged
in
the
business
of
supplying
20
those
authorized
to
possess
such
devices.
21
6.
f.
Any
person,
firm
or
corporation
who
under
the
laws
22
of
this
state
and
the
United
States
is
lawfully
engaged
in
the
23
improvement,
invention
or
manufacture
of
firearms.
24
7.
g.
Any
museum
or
similar
place
which
possesses,
solely
25
as
relics,
offensive
weapons
which
are
rendered
permanently
26
unfit
for
use.
27
8.
h.
A
resident
of
this
state
who
possesses
an
offensive
28
weapon
which
is
a
curio
or
relic
firearm
under
the
federal
29
Firearms
Act,
18
U.S.C.
ch.
44,
solely
for
use
in
the
official
30
functions
of
a
historical
reenactment
organization
of
which
31
the
person
is
a
member,
if
the
offensive
weapon
has
been
32
permanently
rendered
unfit
for
the
firing
of
live
ammunition.
33
The
offensive
weapon
may,
however,
be
adapted
for
the
firing
of
34
blank
ammunition.
35
-97-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
97/
163
H.F.
_____
9.
i.
A
nonresident
who
possesses
an
offensive
weapon
1
which
is
a
curio
or
relic
firearm
under
the
federal
Firearms
2
Act,
18
U.S.C.
ch.
44,
solely
for
use
in
official
functions
in
3
this
state
of
a
historical
reenactment
organization
of
which
4
the
person
is
a
member,
if
the
offensive
weapon
is
legally
5
possessed
by
the
person
in
the
person’s
state
of
residence
6
and
the
offensive
weapon
is
at
all
times
while
in
this
state
7
rendered
incapable
of
firing
live
ammunition.
A
nonresident
8
who
possesses
an
offensive
weapon
under
this
subsection
while
9
in
this
state
shall
not
have
in
the
person’s
possession
live
10
ammunition.
The
offensive
weapon
may,
however,
be
adapted
for
11
the
firing
of
blank
ammunition.
12
2.
Notwithstanding
subsection
1,
a
person
is
not
authorized
13
to
possess
in
this
state
a
shotshell
or
cartridge
intended
to
14
project
a
flame
or
fireball
of
the
type
described
in
section
15
724.1.
16
Sec.
207.
Section
724.4B,
subsection
2,
paragraph
b,
Code
17
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
18
b.
A
person
who
has
been
specifically
authorized
by
the
19
school
to
go
armed
with
,
carry,
or
transport
a
firearm
on
20
the
school
grounds,
including
for
purposes
of
conducting
an
21
instructional
program
regarding
firearms.
22
Sec.
208.
Section
802.7,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
23
follows:
24
802.7
Continuing
crimes.
25
When
an
offense
is
based
on
a
series
of
acts
committed
at
26
different
times,
the
period
of
limitation
prescribed
by
this
27
division
chapter
shall
commence
upon
the
commission
of
the
last
28
of
such
acts.
29
Sec.
209.
Section
804.14,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
30
follows:
31
804.14
Manner
of
making
arrest
——
warrant
.
32
1.
The
A
person
making
the
an
arrest
must
inform
the
person
33
to
be
arrested
of
the
intention
to
arrest
the
person,
the
34
reason
for
arrest,
and
that
the
person
making
the
arrest
is
35
-98-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
98/
163
H.F.
_____
a
peace
officer,
if
such
be
the
case,
and
require
the
person
1
being
arrested
to
submit
to
the
person’s
custody,
except
when
2
the
person
to
be
arrested
is
actually
engaged
in
the
commission
3
of
or
attempt
to
commit
an
offense,
or
escapes,
so
that
there
4
is
no
time
or
opportunity
to
do
so
;
if
.
5
2.
If
acting
under
the
authority
of
a
warrant,
the
a
law
6
enforcement
officer
need
not
have
the
warrant
in
the
officer’s
7
possession
at
the
time
of
the
arrest,
but
,
upon
request
,
the
8
officer
shall
show
the
warrant
to
the
person
being
arrested
as
9
soon
as
possible.
If
the
officer
does
not
have
the
warrant
in
10
the
officer’s
possession
at
the
time
of
arrest,
the
officer
11
shall
inform
the
person
being
arrested
of
the
fact
that
a
12
warrant
has
been
issued.
13
Sec.
210.
Section
814.11,
subsection
4,
Code
2013,
is
14
amended
to
read
as
follows:
15
4.
In
all
other
cases
not
specified
in
subsection
2
or
3
,
16
or
except
as
otherwise
provided
in
this
section
,
the
court
17
shall
appoint
an
attorney
to
represent
an
indigent
person
who
18
has
a
contract
with
the
state
public
defender
to
provide
legal
19
services
in
appellate
cases
to
represent
an
indigent
person
.
20
Sec.
211.
Section
815.5,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
21
follows:
22
815.5
Expert
witnesses
for
state
and
defense.
23
Notwithstanding
the
provisions
of
section
622.72
,
reasonable
24
compensation
as
determined
by
the
court
shall
be
awarded
expert
25
witnesses,
expert
witnesses
for
an
indigent
person
referred
to
26
in
section
815.4
,
or
expert
witnesses
called
by
the
state
in
27
criminal
cases.
28
Sec.
212.
Section
901B.1,
subsection
3,
Code
2013,
is
29
amended
to
read
as
follows:
30
3.
a.
Each
judicial
district
and
judicial
district
31
department
of
correctional
services
shall
implement
an
32
intermediate
criminal
sanctions
program
by
July
1,
2001
.
An
33
intermediate
criminal
sanctions
program
shall
consist
of
only
34
levels
two,
three,
and
sublevels
one
and
three
of
level
four
of
35
-99-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
99/
163
H.F.
_____
the
corrections
continuum
and
shall
be
operated
in
accordance
1
with
an
intermediate
criminal
sanctions
plan
adopted
by
the
2
chief
judge
of
the
judicial
district
and
the
director
of
the
3
judicial
district
department
of
correctional
services.
The
4
plan
adopted
shall
be
designed
to
reduce
probation
revocations
5
to
prison
through
the
use
of
incremental,
community-based
6
sanctions
for
probation
violations.
7
b.
The
plan
shall
be
subject
to
rules
adopted
by
the
8
department
of
corrections.
The
rules
shall
include
provisions
9
for
transferring
individuals
between
levels
in
the
continuum.
10
The
provisions
shall
include
a
requirement
that
the
reasons
11
for
the
transfer
be
in
writing
and
that
an
opportunity
for
the
12
individual
to
contest
the
transfer
be
made
available.
13
c.
A
copy
of
the
program
and
plan
shall
be
filed
with
14
the
chief
judge
of
the
judicial
district,
the
department
of
15
corrections,
and
the
division
of
criminal
and
juvenile
justice
16
planning
of
the
department
of
human
rights
by
July
1,
2001
.
17
Sec.
213.
Section
905.1,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
18
to
read
as
follows:
19
2.
“Community-based
correctional
program”
means
correctional
20
programs
and
services,
including
but
not
limited
to
an
21
intermediate
criminal
sanctions
program
in
accordance
with
the
22
corrections
continuum
in
section
901B.1
,
designed
to
supervise
23
and
assist
individuals
who
are
charged
with
or
have
been
24
convicted
of
a
felony,
an
aggravated
misdemeanor
or
a
serious
25
misdemeanor,
or
who
are
on
probation
or
parole
in
lieu
of
or
as
26
a
result
of
a
sentence
of
incarceration
imposed
upon
conviction
27
of
any
of
these
offenses,
or
who
are
contracted
to
the
district
28
department
for
supervision
and
housing
while
on
work
release.
29
A
community-based
correctional
program
shall
be
designed
by
a
30
district
department
in
a
manner
that
provides
services
in
a
31
manner
free
of
disparities
based
upon
an
individual’s
race
or
32
ethnic
origin.
33
An
intermediate
criminal
sanctions
program
shall
be
designed
34
by
a
district
department
in
a
manner
that
provides
services
in
35
-100-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
100/
163
H.F.
_____
a
manner
free
of
disparities
based
upon
an
individual’s
race
1
or
ethnic
origin.
2
Sec.
214.
Section
907.3,
subsections
1
and
2,
Code
2013,
are
3
amended
to
read
as
follows:
4
1.
a.
With
the
consent
of
the
defendant,
the
court
may
5
defer
judgment
and
may
place
the
defendant
on
probation
upon
6
conditions
as
it
may
require.
However,
a
A
civil
penalty
shall
7
be
assessed
as
provided
in
section
907.14
upon
the
entry
of
a
8
deferred
judgment.
Upon
a
showing
that
the
defendant
is
not
9
cooperating
with
the
program
of
probation
or
is
not
responding
10
to
it,
the
court
may
withdraw
the
defendant
from
the
program,
11
pronounce
judgment,
and
impose
any
sentence
authorized
by
12
law.
Before
taking
such
action,
the
court
shall
give
the
13
defendant
an
opportunity
to
be
heard
on
any
matter
relevant
to
14
the
proposed
action.
Upon
fulfillment
of
the
conditions
of
15
probation
and
the
payment
of
fees
imposed
and
not
waived
by
the
16
judicial
district
department
of
correctional
services
under
17
section
905.14
,
the
defendant
shall
be
discharged
without
entry
18
of
judgment.
Upon
violation
of
the
conditions
of
probation,
19
the
court
may
proceed
as
provided
in
chapter
908
.
However,
the
20
court
shall
not
defer
judgment
if
any
of
the
following
is
true:
21
However,
this
subsection
shall
not
apply
if
any
of
the
22
following
is
true:
23
a.
The
offense
is
a
violation
of
section
709.8
and
the
child
24
is
twelve
years
of
age
or
under.
25
b.
(1)
The
defendant
previously
has
been
convicted
of
a
26
felony.
“Felony”
means
a
conviction
in
a
court
of
this
or
any
27
other
state
or
of
the
United
States,
of
an
offense
classified
28
as
a
felony
by
the
law
under
which
the
defendant
was
convicted
29
at
the
time
of
the
defendant’s
conviction.
30
c.
(2)
Prior
to
the
commission
of
the
offense
the
defendant
31
had
been
granted
a
deferred
judgment
or
similar
relief,
two
or
32
more
times
anywhere
in
the
United
States.
33
d.
(3)
Prior
to
the
commission
of
the
offense
the
defendant
34
had
been
granted
a
deferred
judgment
or
similar
relief
in
a
35
-101-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
101/
163
H.F.
_____
felony
prosecution
anywhere
in
the
United
States
within
the
1
preceding
five
years,
measured
from
the
date
of
granting
of
2
deferment
of
judgment
to
the
date
of
commission
of
the
offense.
3
e.
The
defendant
committed
an
assault
as
defined
in
section
4
708.1
,
against
a
peace
officer
in
the
performance
of
the
peace
5
officer’s
duty.
6
f.
(4)
The
defendant
is
a
corporation.
7
(5)
The
offense
is
a
violation
of
section
124.401,
8
subsection
1,
paragraph
“a”
or
“b”
,
and
the
controlled
substance
9
is
methamphetamine.
10
g.
(6)
The
offense
is
a
violation
of
section
321J.2
and
the
11
person
has
been
convicted
of
a
violation
of
that
section
or
the
12
person’s
driver’s
license
has
been
revoked
under
chapter
321J
,
13
and
any
of
the
following
apply:
14
(1)
(a)
If
the
defendant’s
alcohol
concentration
15
established
by
the
results
of
an
analysis
of
a
specimen
of
the
16
defendant’s
blood,
breath,
or
urine
withdrawn
in
accordance
17
with
chapter
321J
exceeds
.15,
regardless
of
whether
or
not
the
18
alcohol
concentration
indicated
by
the
chemical
test
minus
the
19
established
margin
of
error
inherent
in
the
device
or
method
20
used
to
conduct
the
test
equals
an
alcohol
concentration
of
.15
21
or
more.
22
(2)
(b)
If
the
defendant
has
previously
been
convicted
of
a
23
violation
of
section
321J.2,
subsection
1
,
or
a
violation
of
a
24
statute
in
another
state
substantially
corresponding
to
section
25
321J.2,
subsection
1
.
26
(3)
(c)
If
the
defendant
has
previously
received
a
deferred
27
judgment
or
sentence
for
a
violation
of
section
321J.2,
28
subsection
1
,
or
for
a
violation
of
a
statute
in
another
state
29
substantially
corresponding
to
section
321J.2,
subsection
1
.
30
(4)
(d)
If
the
defendant
refused
to
consent
to
testing
31
requested
in
accordance
with
section
321J.6
.
32
(5)
(e)
If
the
offense
under
chapter
321J
results
in
bodily
33
injury
to
a
person
other
than
the
defendant.
34
h.
Prior
to
the
commission
of
the
offense
the
defendant
35
-102-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
102/
163
H.F.
_____
had
been
granted
a
deferred
judgment
or
deferred
sentence
for
1
a
violation
of
section
708.2
or
708.2A
which
was
issued
on
a
2
domestic
abuse
assault,
or
was
granted
similar
relief
anywhere
3
in
the
United
States
concerning
that
jurisdiction’s
statutes
4
which
substantially
correspond
to
domestic
abuse
assault
as
5
provided
in
section
708.2A
,
and
the
current
offense
is
a
6
violation
of
section
708.2A
.
7
(7)
The
offense
is
a
violation
of
section
462A.14,
and
a
8
mandatory
minimum
sentence
must
be
served
or
mandatory
minimum
9
fine
must
be
paid
by
the
defendant.
10
i.
(8)
The
offense
is
a
conviction
for
or
plea
of
guilty
to
11
a
violation
of
section
664A.7
or
a
finding
of
contempt
pursuant
12
to
section
664A.7
.
13
j.
The
offense
is
a
violation
of
section
707.6A,
subsection
14
1
;
or
a
violation
of
section
707.6A,
subsection
4
,
involving
15
operation
of
a
motor
vehicle
while
intoxicated.
16
k.
The
offense
is
a
violation
of
section
124.401,
subsection
17
1
,
paragraph
“a”
or
“b”
,
and
the
controlled
substance
is
18
methamphetamine.
19
l.
The
offense
is
a
violation
of
section
462A.14
,
and
a
20
mandatory
minimum
sentence
must
be
served
or
mandatory
minimum
21
fine
must
be
paid
by
the
defendant.
22
m.
(9)
The
offense
is
a
violation
of
chapter
692A
.
23
(10)
The
offense
is
a
violation
of
section
707.6A,
24
subsection
1;
or
a
violation
of
section
707.6A,
subsection
4,
25
involving
operation
of
a
motor
vehicle
while
intoxicated.
26
(11)
The
defendant
committed
an
assault
as
defined
in
27
section
708.1,
against
a
peace
officer
in
the
performance
of
28
the
peace
officer’s
duty.
29
(12)
Prior
to
the
commission
of
the
offense
the
defendant
30
had
been
granted
a
deferred
judgment
or
deferred
sentence
for
31
a
violation
of
section
708.2
or
708.2A
which
was
issued
on
a
32
domestic
abuse
assault,
or
was
granted
similar
relief
anywhere
33
in
the
United
States
concerning
that
jurisdiction’s
statutes
34
which
substantially
correspond
to
domestic
abuse
assault
as
35
-103-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
103/
163
H.F.
_____
provided
in
section
708.2A,
and
the
current
offense
is
a
1
violation
of
section
708.2A.
2
(13)
The
offense
is
a
violation
of
section
709.8
and
the
3
child
is
twelve
years
of
age
or
under.
4
b.
Upon
a
showing
that
the
defendant
is
not
cooperating
5
with
the
program
of
probation
or
is
not
responding
to
it,
the
6
court
may
withdraw
the
defendant
from
the
program,
pronounce
7
judgment,
and
impose
any
sentence
authorized
by
law.
Before
8
taking
such
action,
the
court
shall
give
the
defendant
an
9
opportunity
to
be
heard
on
any
matter
relevant
to
the
proposed
10
action.
Upon
violation
of
the
conditions
of
probation,
the
11
court
may
proceed
as
provided
in
chapter
908.
12
c.
Upon
fulfillment
of
the
conditions
of
probation
and
the
13
payment
of
fees
imposed
and
not
waived
by
the
judicial
district
14
department
of
correctional
services
under
section
905.14,
the
15
defendant
shall
be
discharged
without
entry
of
judgment.
16
2.
a.
At
the
time
of
or
after
pronouncing
judgment
and
with
17
the
consent
of
the
defendant,
the
court
may
defer
the
sentence
18
and
assign
the
defendant
to
the
judicial
district
department
19
of
correctional
services.
The
court
may
assign
the
defendant
20
to
supervision
or
services
under
section
901B.1
at
the
level
21
of
sanctions
which
the
district
department
determines
to
be
22
appropriate.
However,
the
court
shall
not
defer
the
sentence
23
for
a
violation
of
any
of
the
following:
24
a.
Section
708.2A
,
if
the
defendant
has
previously
received
25
a
deferred
judgment
or
sentence
for
a
violation
of
section
26
708.2
or
708.2A
which
was
issued
on
a
domestic
abuse
assault,
27
or
if
similar
relief
was
granted
anywhere
in
the
United
States
28
concerning
that
jurisdiction’s
statutes
which
substantially
29
correspond
to
domestic
abuse
assault
as
provided
in
section
30
708.2A
.
31
b.
Section
664A.7
or
for
contempt
pursuant
to
section
32
664A.7
.
33
(1)
The
offense
is
a
violation
of
section
124.401,
34
subsection
1,
paragraph
“a”
or
“b”
,
and
the
controlled
substance
35
-104-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
104/
163
H.F.
_____
is
methamphetamine.
1
c.
(2)
Section
321J.2,
subsection
1
,
if
any
of
the
2
following
apply:
3
(1)
(a)
If
the
defendant’s
alcohol
concentration
4
established
by
the
results
of
an
analysis
of
a
specimen
of
the
5
defendant’s
blood,
breath,
or
urine
withdrawn
in
accordance
6
with
chapter
321J
exceeds
.15,
regardless
of
whether
or
not
the
7
alcohol
concentration
indicated
by
the
chemical
test
minus
the
8
established
margin
of
error
inherent
in
the
device
or
method
9
used
to
conduct
the
test
equals
an
alcohol
concentration
of
.15
10
or
more.
11
(2)
(b)
If
the
defendant
has
previously
been
convicted
of
a
12
violation
of
section
321J.2,
subsection
1
,
or
a
violation
of
a
13
statute
in
another
state
substantially
corresponding
to
section
14
321J.2,
subsection
1
.
15
(3)
(c)
If
the
defendant
has
previously
received
a
deferred
16
judgment
or
sentence
for
a
violation
of
section
321J.2,
17
subsection
1
,
or
for
a
violation
of
a
statute
in
another
state
18
substantially
corresponding
to
section
321J.2,
subsection
1
.
19
(4)
(d)
If
the
defendant
refused
to
consent
to
testing
20
requested
in
accordance
with
section
321J.6
.
21
(5)
(e)
If
the
offense
under
chapter
321J
results
in
bodily
22
injury
to
a
person
other
than
the
defendant.
23
d.
Section
707.6A,
subsection
1
;
or
section
707.6A,
24
subsection
4
,
involving
operation
of
a
motor
vehicle
while
25
intoxicated.
26
e.
The
offense
is
a
violation
of
section
124.401,
subsection
27
1
,
paragraph
“a”
or
“b”
,
and
the
controlled
substance
is
28
methamphetamine.
29
f.
(3)
The
offense
is
a
violation
of
section
462A.14
,
and
a
30
mandatory
minimum
sentence
must
be
served
or
mandatory
minimum
31
fine
must
be
paid
by
the
defendant.
32
(4)
Section
664A.7
or
for
contempt
pursuant
to
section
33
664A.7.
34
g.
(5)
The
offense
is
a
violation
of
chapter
692A
.
35
-105-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
105/
163
H.F.
_____
(6)
Section
707.6A,
subsection
1;
or
section
707.6A,
1
subsection
4,
involving
operation
of
a
motor
vehicle
while
2
intoxicated.
3
(7)
Section
708.2A,
if
the
defendant
has
previously
4
received
a
deferred
judgment
or
sentence
for
a
violation
of
5
section
708.2
or
708.2A
which
was
issued
on
a
domestic
abuse
6
assault,
or
if
similar
relief
was
granted
anywhere
in
the
7
United
States
concerning
that
jurisdiction’s
statutes
which
8
substantially
correspond
to
domestic
abuse
assault
as
provided
9
in
section
708.2A.
10
b.
Upon
a
showing
that
the
defendant
is
not
fulfilling
the
11
conditions
of
probation,
the
court
may
revoke
probation
and
12
impose
any
sentence
authorized
by
law.
Before
taking
such
13
action,
the
court
shall
give
the
defendant
an
opportunity
to
14
be
heard
on
any
matter
relevant
to
the
proposed
action.
Upon
15
violation
of
the
conditions
of
probation,
the
court
may
proceed
16
as
provided
in
chapter
908
.
17
Sec.
215.
Section
907.8,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
18
follows:
19
907.8
Supervision
during
probationary
period.
20
1.
A
person
released
on
probation
shall
be
assigned
to
a
21
probation
officer.
Both
the
person
and
the
person’s
probation
22
officer
shall
be
furnished
with
the
conditions
of
the
person’s
23
probation
including
a
copy
of
the
plan
of
restitution
and
24
the
restitution
plan
of
payment,
if
any,
and
the
regulations
25
which
the
person
will
be
required
to
observe,
in
writing.
26
The
probation
officer
shall
explain
these
conditions
and
27
regulations
to
the
person
and
shall
supervise,
assist,
and
28
counsel
the
person
during
the
term
of
the
person’s
probation.
29
2.
a.
When
probation
is
granted,
the
court
shall
order
said
30
person
committed
to
the
custody,
care,
and
supervision:
31
1.
(1)
Of
any
suitable
resident
of
this
state;
or
32
2.
(2)
Of
the
judicial
district
department
of
correctional
33
services.
34
b.
Jurisdiction
over
these
persons
shall
remain
with
the
35
-106-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
106/
163
H.F.
_____
sentencing
court.
1
3.
In
each
case
wherein
in
which
the
court
shall
order
2
said
orders
the
person
committed
to
the
custody,
care,
and
3
supervision
of
the
judicial
district
department
of
correctional
4
services,
the
clerk
of
the
district
court
shall
at
once
5
furnish
the
director
of
the
judicial
district
department
of
6
correctional
services
with
certified
copies
of
the
indictment
7
or
information,
the
minutes
of
testimony
attached
thereto,
8
the
judgment
entry
if
judgment
is
not
deferred,
and
the
9
original
mittimus.
The
county
attorney
shall
at
once
advise
10
the
director,
by
letter,
that
the
defendant
has
been
placed
11
under
the
supervision
of
the
judicial
district
department
12
of
correctional
services
and
give
the
director
a
detailed
13
statement
of
the
facts
and
circumstances
surrounding
the
crime
14
committed
and
the
record
and
history
of
the
defendant
as
may
15
be
known
to
the
county
attorney.
If
the
defendant
is
confined
16
in
the
county
jail
at
the
time
of
sentence,
the
court
may
17
order
the
defendant
held
until
arrangements
are
made
by
the
18
judicial
district
department
of
correctional
services
for
19
the
defendant’s
employment
and
the
defendant
has
signed
the
20
necessary
probation
papers.
If
the
defendant
is
not
confined
21
in
the
county
jail
at
the
time
of
sentence,
the
court
may
order
22
the
defendant
to
remain
in
the
county
wherein
the
defendant
has
23
been
convicted
and
sentenced
and
report
to
the
sheriff
as
to
24
the
defendant’s
whereabouts.
25
Sec.
216.
REPEAL.
Sections
163.28,
256.11A,
256.22,
26
313.44,
313.45,
and
321.499,
Code
2013,
are
repealed.
27
DIVISION
II
28
VOLUME
VI
RENUMBERING
29
Sec.
217.
Section
633.304,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
30
follows:
31
633.304
Notice
of
probate
of
will
with
administration.
32
1.
As
used
in
this
section,
“heir”
means
only
such
person
33
as
would,
in
an
intestate
estate,
be
entitled
to
a
share
under
34
section
633.219.
35
-107-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
107/
163
H.F.
_____
2.
On
admission
of
a
will
to
probate,
the
executor,
as
soon
1
as
letters
are
issued,
shall
cause
to
be
published
once
each
2
week
for
two
consecutive
weeks
in
a
daily
or
weekly
newspaper
3
of
general
circulation
published
in
the
county
in
which
the
4
estate
is
pending
and
at
any
time
during
the
pendency
of
5
administration
that
the
executor
has
knowledge
of
the
name
6
and
address
of
a
person
believed
to
own
or
possess
a
claim
7
which
will
not
or
may
not
be
paid
or
otherwise
satisfied
8
during
administration,
provide
by
ordinary
mail
to
each
such
9
claimant
at
the
claimant’s
last
known
address,
and
as
soon
as
10
practicable
give
notice,
except
to
any
executor,
by
ordinary
11
mail
to
the
surviving
spouse,
each
heir
of
the
decedent
12
and
each
devisee
under
the
will
admitted
to
probate
whose
13
identities
are
reasonably
ascertainable,
at
such
persons’
last
14
known
addresses,
a
notice
of
admission
of
the
will
to
probate
15
and
of
the
appointment
of
the
executor,
in
which
shall
be
16
included
a
notice
that
any
action
to
set
aside
the
probate
of
17
the
will
must
be
brought
within
the
later
to
occur
of
four
18
months
from
the
date
of
the
second
publication
of
the
notice
or
19
one
month
from
the
date
of
mailing
of
this
notice
or
thereafter
20
be
forever
barred,
and
in
which
shall
be
included
a
notice
to
21
debtors
to
make
payment,
and
to
creditors
having
claims
against
22
the
estate
to
file
them
with
the
clerk
within
four
months
from
23
the
second
publication
of
the
notice,
or
thereafter
be
forever
24
barred.
25
As
used
in
this
section
,
“heir”
means
only
such
person
as
26
would,
in
an
intestate
estate,
be
entitled
to
a
share
under
27
section
633.219
.
28
3.
The
notice
shall
be
substantially
in
the
following
form:
29
Notice
of
Probate
of
Will,
30
of
Appointment
of
Executor,
31
and
Notice
to
Creditors
32
In
the
District
Court
of
Iowa
33
in
and
for
....
County.
34
Probate
No.
35
-108-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
108/
163
H.F.
_____
....
1
In
the
Estate
of
......
,
Deceased
2
To
All
Persons
Interested
in
the
Estate
of
......
,
Deceased,
3
who
died
on
or
about
......
(date):
4
You
are
hereby
notified
that
on
the
..
day
of
....
(month),
5
......
(year),
the
last
will
and
testament
of
........
,
6
deceased,
bearing
date
of
the
..
day
of
....
(month),
..
7
(year),
was
admitted
to
probate
in
the
above
named
court
and
8
that
........
was
appointed
executor
of
the
estate.
Any
9
action
to
set
aside
the
will
must
be
brought
in
the
district
10
court
of
said
county
within
the
later
to
occur
of
four
months
11
from
the
date
of
the
second
publication
of
this
notice
or
one
12
month
from
the
date
of
mailing
of
this
notice
to
all
heirs
of
13
the
decedent
and
devisees
under
the
will
whose
identities
are
14
reasonably
ascertainable,
or
thereafter
be
forever
barred.
15
Notice
is
further
given
that
all
persons
indebted
to
16
the
estate
are
requested
to
make
immediate
payment
to
the
17
undersigned,
and
creditors
having
claims
against
the
estate
18
shall
file
them
with
the
clerk
of
the
above
named
district
19
court,
as
provided
by
law,
duly
authenticated,
for
allowance,
20
and
unless
so
filed
by
the
later
to
occur
of
four
months
from
21
the
second
publication
of
this
notice
or
one
month
from
the
22
date
of
mailing
of
this
notice
(unless
otherwise
allowed
or
23
paid)
a
claim
is
thereafter
forever
barred.
24
Dated
this
..
day
of
......
(month),
..
(year)
25
...........
26
Executor
of
estate
27
...........
28
Address
29
..........
30
Attorney
for
executor
31
..........
32
Address
33
Date
of
second
publication
34
..
day
of
......
(month),
..
(year)
35
-109-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
109/
163
H.F.
_____
(Date
to
be
inserted
by
publisher)
1
Sec.
218.
Section
634.2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
2
follows:
3
634.2
Statutory
provisions
as
part
of
the
trust.
4
1.
The
trust
instrument
of
each
trust
to
which
this
chapter
5
applies
shall
be
deemed
to
contain
provisions
prohibiting
the
6
trustee
from
doing
any
of
the
following
:
7
1.
a.
Engaging
in
any
act
of
self-dealing,
as
defined
in
8
section
4941(d)
of
the
Internal
Revenue
Code,
which
would
give
9
rise
to
any
liability
for
the
tax
imposed
by
section
4941(a)
10
of
the
Internal
Revenue
Code
;
.
11
2.
b.
Retaining
any
excess
business
holdings,
as
defined
in
12
section
4943(c)
of
the
Internal
Revenue
Code,
which
would
give
13
rise
to
any
liability
for
the
tax
imposed
by
section
4943(a)
14
of
the
Internal
Revenue
Code
;
.
15
3.
c.
Making
any
investments
which
would
jeopardize
the
16
carrying
out
of
any
of
the
exempt
purposes
of
the
trust,
within
17
the
meaning
of
section
4944
of
the
Internal
Revenue
Code,
so
18
as
to
give
rise
to
any
liability
for
the
tax
imposed
by
section
19
4944(a)
of
the
Internal
Revenue
Code
;
and
.
20
4.
d.
Making
any
taxable
expenditures,
as
defined
in
21
section
4945(d)
of
the
Internal
Revenue
Code,
which
would
give
22
rise
to
any
liability
for
the
tax
imposed
by
section
4945(a)
23
of
the
Internal
Revenue
Code.
24
2.
However,
this
section
shall
not
apply
either
to
those
25
split-interest
trusts
or
to
amounts
thereof
which
are
not
26
subject
to
the
prohibitions
applicable
to
private
foundations
27
by
reason
of
the
provisions
of
section
4947
of
the
Internal
28
Revenue
Code.
29
Sec.
219.
Section
656.2,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
30
to
read
as
follows:
31
2.
a.
The
vendor
shall
also
serve
a
copy
of
the
notice
32
required
in
subsection
1
on
the
person
in
possession
of
33
the
real
estate,
if
different
than
the
vendee;
on
all
the
34
vendee’s
mortgagees
of
record;
and
on
a
person
who
asserts
a
35
-110-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
110/
163
H.F.
_____
claim
against
the
vendee’s
interest,
except
a
government
or
1
governmental
subdivision
or
agency
holding
a
lien
for
real
2
estate
taxes
or
assessments,
if
the
person
has
done
both
of
the
3
following:
4
a.
(1)
Requested,
on
a
form
which
substantially
complies
5
with
the
following
form,
that
notice
of
forfeiture
be
served
on
6
the
person
at
an
address
specified
in
the
request.
7
REQUEST
FOR
NOTICE
PURSUANT
TO
8
IOWA
CODE
SECTION
656.2,
SUBSECTION
2
9
The
undersigned
requests
service
of
notice
under
Iowa
Code
10
sections
656.2
and
656.3
to
forfeit
the
contract
recorded
11
on
the
..
day
of
....
(month),
..
(year),
in
book
or
roll
12
....
,
image
or
page
...
,
office
of
the
....
county
recorder,
13
.....
county,
Iowa,
wherein
..........
is/are
seller(s)
and
14
..........
is/are
buyer(s),
for
sale
of
real
estate
legally
15
described
as:
[insert
complete
legal
description]
16
.............
17
NAME
18
.............
19
.............
20
.............
21
ADDRESS
22
CAUTION:
Your
name
and
address
must
be
correct.
If
not
23
correct,
you
will
not
receive
notice
requested
because
notice
24
need
only
be
served
on
you
at
the
above
address.
If
your
25
address
changes,
a
new
request
for
notice
must
be
filed.
26
The
request
for
notice
shall
be
indexed.
27
b.
(2)
Filed
the
request
form
for
record
in
the
office
of
28
the
county
recorder
after
acquisition
of
the
vendee’s
interest
29
but
prior
to
the
date
of
recording
of
the
proof
and
record
of
30
service
of
notice
of
forfeiture
required
by
section
656.5
and
31
paid
a
fee
of
five
dollars.
32
b.
The
request
for
notice
is
valid
for
a
period
of
five
33
years
from
the
date
of
filing
with
the
county
recorder.
The
34
request
for
notice
may
be
renewed
for
additional
periods
of
35
-111-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
111/
163
H.F.
_____
five
years
by
the
procedure
specified
in
this
subsection
.
The
1
request
for
notice
may
be
amended
at
any
time
by
the
procedure
2
specified
in
this
subsection
.
The
request
for
notice
shall
be
3
indexed.
4
c.
The
vendee’s
mortgagees
of
record
include
all
assignees
5
of
record
for
collateral
purposes.
6
Sec.
220.
Section
694.1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
7
follows:
8
694.1
Missing
persons
Definitions
.
9
As
used
in
this
chapter
,
unless
the
context
otherwise
10
indicates
,
“missing
person”
:
11
1.
“Missing
person”
means
a
person
who
is
missing
and
meets
12
one
of
the
following
characteristics:
13
1.
a.
Is
a
person
with
a
physical
or
mental
disability.
14
2.
b.
Is
missing
under
circumstances
indicating
that
the
15
person’s
safety
may
be
in
danger.
16
3.
c.
Is
missing
under
circumstances
indicating
that
the
17
disappearance
was
not
voluntary.
18
4.
d.
Is
an
unemancipated
minor.
19
2.
For
purposes
of
this
chapter
an
“unemancipated
minor”
20
“Unemancipated
minor”
means
a
minor
who
has
not
married
and
who
21
resides
with
a
parent
or
other
legal
guardian.
22
Sec.
221.
Section
705.1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
23
follows:
24
705.1
Solicitation.
25
1.
Any
A
person
who
solicits
another
person
to
commit
a
26
felony
or
aggravated
misdemeanor
when
the
person
commands,
27
entreats,
or
otherwise
attempts
to
persuade
another
the
28
other
person
to
commit
a
particular
felony
or
aggravated
29
misdemeanor,
with
the
intent
that
such
act
be
done
and
under
30
circumstances
which
corroborates
that
intent
by
clear
and
31
convincing
evidence
,
solicits
such
other
to
commit
that
felony
32
or
aggravated
misdemeanor
.
33
2.
One
A
person
who
solicits
another
person
to
commit
a
34
felony
of
any
class
commits
a
class
“D”
felony.
35
-112-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
112/
163
H.F.
_____
3.
One
A
person
who
solicits
another
person
to
commit
an
1
aggravated
misdemeanor
commits
an
aggravated
misdemeanor.
2
Sec.
222.
Section
705.2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
3
follows:
4
705.2
Renunciation.
5
It
is
a
defense
to
a
prosecution
for
solicitation
that
the
6
defendant,
after
soliciting
another
person
to
commit
a
felony
7
or
aggravated
misdemeanor,
persuaded
the
person
not
to
do
so
8
or
otherwise
prevented
the
commission
of
the
offense,
under
9
circumstances
manifesting
a
complete
and
voluntary
renunciation
10
of
the
defendant’s
criminal
intent.
A
renunciation
is
not
11
“voluntary
and
complete”
if
it
is
motivated
in
whole
or
in
part
12
by
(a)
either
of
the
following:
13
1.
The
person’s
belief
that
circumstances
exist
which
14
increase
the
possibility
of
detection
or
apprehension
of
15
the
defendant
or
another
or
which
make
more
difficult
the
16
consummation
of
the
offense
or
(b)
the
.
17
2.
The
person’s
decision
to
postpone
the
offense
until
18
another
time
or
to
substitute
another
victim
or
another
but
19
similar
objective.
20
Sec.
223.
Section
706A.3,
subsection
9,
Code
2013,
is
21
amended
to
read
as
follows:
22
9.
a.
Notwithstanding
any
other
provision
of
law,
any
23
pleading,
motion,
or
other
paper
filed
by
a
nongovernmental
24
aggrieved
party
in
connection
with
a
proceeding
or
action
under
25
subsection
7
shall
be
verified.
26
(1)
If
such
aggrieved
person
is
represented
by
an
attorney,
27
such
pleading,
motion,
or
other
paper
shall
be
signed
by
at
28
least
one
attorney
of
record
in
the
attorney’s
individual
name,
29
whose
address
shall
be
stated.
30
(2)
If
such
pleading,
motion,
or
other
paper
includes
an
31
averment
of
fraud,
coercion,
accomplice,
respondent
superior,
32
conspiratorial,
enterprise,
or
other
vicarious
accountability,
33
it
shall
state,
insofar
as
practicable,
the
circumstances
with
34
particularity.
35
-113-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
113/
163
H.F.
_____
b.
If
such
pleading,
motion,
or
other
paper
includes
an
1
averment
of
fraud,
coercion,
accomplice,
respondent
superior,
2
conspiratorial,
enterprise,
or
other
vicarious
accountability,
3
it
shall
state,
insofar
as
practicable,
the
circumstances
4
with
particularity.
The
verification
and
the
signature
by
5
an
attorney
required
by
this
subsection
shall
constitute
a
6
certification
by
the
signer
that
the
attorney
has
carefully
7
read
the
pleading,
motion,
or
other
paper
and,
based
on
a
8
reasonable
inquiry,
believes
that
all
of
the
following
exist:
9
a.
(1)
It
is
well
grounded
in
fact.
10
b.
(2)
It
is
warranted
by
existing
law,
or
a
good
faith
11
argument
for
the
extension,
modification,
or
reversal
of
12
existing
law.
13
c.
(3)
It
is
not
made
for
an
improper
purpose,
including
14
to
harass,
to
cause
unnecessary
delay,
or
to
impose
a
needless
15
increase
in
the
cost
of
litigation.
16
c.
The
court
may,
after
a
hearing
and
appropriate
findings
17
of
fact,
impose
upon
any
person
who
verified
the
complaint,
18
cross-claim,
or
counterclaim,
or
any
attorney
who
signed
it
19
in
violation
of
this
subsection
,
or
both,
a
fit
and
proper
20
sanction,
which
may
include
an
order
to
pay
to
the
other
party
21
or
parties
the
amount
of
the
reasonable
expenses
incurred
22
because
of
the
complaint
or
claim,
including
reasonable
23
attorney
fees.
24
d.
If
the
court
determines
that
the
filing
of
a
complaint
25
or
claim
under
subsection
7
by
a
nongovernmental
party
was
26
frivolous
in
whole
or
in
part,
the
court
shall
award
double
the
27
actual
expenses,
including
attorney
fees,
incurred
because
of
28
the
frivolous
portion
of
the
complaint
or
claim.
29
Sec.
224.
Section
707.4,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
30
follows:
31
707.4
Voluntary
manslaughter.
32
1.
A
person
commits
voluntary
manslaughter
when
that
person
33
causes
the
death
of
another
person,
under
circumstances
which
34
would
otherwise
be
murder,
if
the
person
causing
the
death
35
-114-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
114/
163
H.F.
_____
acts
solely
as
the
result
of
sudden,
violent,
and
irresistible
1
passion
resulting
from
serious
provocation
sufficient
to
excite
2
such
passion
in
a
person
and
there
is
not
an
interval
between
3
the
provocation
and
the
killing
in
which
a
person
of
ordinary
4
reason
and
temperament
would
regain
control
and
suppress
the
5
impulse
to
kill.
6
Voluntary
manslaughter
is
an
included
offense
under
an
7
indictment
for
murder
in
the
first
or
second
degree.
8
2.
Voluntary
manslaughter
is
a
class
“C”
felony.
9
3.
Voluntary
manslaughter
is
an
included
offense
under
an
10
indictment
for
murder
in
the
first
or
second
degree.
11
4.
For
purposes
of
determining
whether
a
person
should
12
register
as
a
sex
offender
pursuant
to
the
provisions
of
13
chapter
692A
,
the
fact
finder
shall
make
a
determination
as
14
provided
in
section
692A.126
.
15
Sec.
225.
Section
707.5,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
16
follows:
17
707.5
Involuntary
manslaughter.
18
1.
A
person
commits
a
involuntary
manslaughter
punishable
19
as:
20
a.
A
class
“D”
felony
when
the
person
unintentionally
21
causes
the
death
of
another
person
by
the
commission
of
a
22
public
offense
other
than
a
forcible
felony
or
escape.
23
2.
b.
A
person
commits
an
An
aggravated
misdemeanor
when
24
the
person
unintentionally
causes
the
death
of
another
person
25
by
the
commission
of
an
act
in
a
manner
likely
to
cause
death
26
or
serious
injury.
27
2.
Involuntary
manslaughter
as
defined
in
this
section
is
an
28
included
offense
under
an
indictment
for
murder
in
the
first
or
29
second
degree
or
voluntary
manslaughter.
30
3.
For
purposes
of
determining
whether
a
person
should
31
register
as
a
sex
offender
pursuant
to
the
provisions
of
32
chapter
692A
,
the
fact
finder
shall
make
a
determination
as
33
provided
in
section
692A.126
.
34
Sec.
226.
Section
707.11,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
35
-115-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
115/
163
H.F.
_____
follows:
1
707.11
Attempt
to
commit
murder.
2
1.
A
person
commits
a
class
“B”
felony
attempt
to
commit
3
murder
when,
with
the
intent
to
cause
the
death
of
another
4
person
and
not
under
circumstances
which
would
justify
the
5
person’s
actions,
the
person
does
any
act
by
which
the
person
6
expects
to
set
in
motion
a
force
or
chain
of
events
which
will
7
cause
or
result
in
the
death
of
the
other
person.
8
2.
Attempt
to
commit
murder
is
a
class
"B"
felony.
9
3.
It
is
not
a
defense
to
an
indictment
for
attempt
to
10
commit
murder
that
the
acts
proved
could
not
have
caused
the
11
death
of
any
person,
provided
that
the
actor
intended
to
12
cause
the
death
of
some
person
by
so
acting,
and
the
actor’s
13
expectations
were
not
unreasonable
in
the
light
of
the
facts
14
known
to
the
actor.
15
4.
For
purposes
of
determining
whether
the
person
should
16
register
as
a
sex
offender
pursuant
to
the
provisions
of
17
chapter
692A
,
the
fact
finder
shall
make
a
determination
as
18
provided
in
section
692A.126
.
19
Sec.
227.
Section
708.3,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
20
follows:
21
708.3
Assault
while
participating
in
a
felony.
22
Any
person
who
commits
an
assault
as
defined
in
section
708.1
23
while
participating
in
a
felony
other
than
a
sexual
abuse
is
24
guilty
of
a
:
25
1.
A
class
“C”
felony
if
the
person
thereby
causes
serious
26
injury
to
any
person
;
if
no
serious
injury
results,
the
person
27
is
guilty
of
a
.
28
2.
A
class
“D”
felony
if
no
serious
injury
results
.
29
Sec.
228.
Section
709.3,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
30
follows:
31
709.3
Sexual
abuse
in
the
second
degree.
32
1.
A
person
commits
sexual
abuse
in
the
second
degree
when
33
the
person
commits
sexual
abuse
under
any
of
the
following
34
circumstances:
35
-116-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
116/
163
H.F.
_____
1.
a.
During
the
commission
of
sexual
abuse
the
person
1
displays
in
a
threatening
manner
a
dangerous
weapon,
or
uses
or
2
threatens
to
use
force
creating
a
substantial
risk
of
death
or
3
serious
injury
to
any
person.
4
2.
b.
The
other
person
is
under
the
age
of
twelve.
5
3.
c.
The
person
is
aided
or
abetted
by
one
or
more
persons
6
and
the
sex
act
is
committed
by
force
or
against
the
will
of
the
7
other
person
against
whom
the
sex
act
is
committed.
8
2.
Sexual
abuse
in
the
second
degree
is
a
class
“B”
felony.
9
Sec.
229.
Section
709.11,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
10
follows:
11
709.11
Assault
with
intent
to
commit
sexual
abuse.
12
Any
person
who
commits
an
assault,
as
defined
in
section
13
708.1
,
with
the
intent
to
commit
sexual
abuse
is
:
14
1.
Is
guilty
of
a
class
“C”
felony
if
the
person
thereby
15
causes
serious
injury
to
any
person
and
.
16
2.
Is
guilty
of
a
class
“D”
felony
if
the
person
thereby
17
causes
any
person
a
bodily
injury
other
than
a
serious
injury.
18
The
person
is
19
3.
Is
guilty
of
an
aggravated
misdemeanor
if
no
injury
20
results.
21
Sec.
230.
Section
709.15,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
22
follows:
23
709.15
Sexual
exploitation
by
a
counselor,
therapist,
or
24
school
employee.
25
1.
As
used
in
this
section
:
26
a.
“Counselor
or
therapist”
means
a
physician,
psychologist,
27
nurse,
professional
counselor,
social
worker,
marriage
or
28
family
therapist,
alcohol
or
drug
counselor,
member
of
the
29
clergy,
or
any
other
person,
whether
or
not
licensed
or
30
registered
by
the
state,
who
provides
or
purports
to
provide
31
mental
health
services.
32
b.
“Emotionally
dependent”
means
that
the
nature
of
the
33
patient’s
or
client’s
or
former
patient’s
or
client’s
emotional
34
condition
or
the
nature
of
the
treatment
provided
by
the
35
-117-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
117/
163
H.F.
_____
counselor
or
therapist
is
such
that
the
counselor
or
therapist
1
knows
or
has
reason
to
know
that
the
patient
or
client
or
2
former
patient
or
client
is
significantly
impaired
in
the
3
ability
to
withhold
consent
to
sexual
conduct,
as
described
in
4
subsection
2
,
by
the
counselor
or
therapist.
For
the
purposes
5
of
subsection
2,
a
former
patient
or
client
is
presumed
to
be
6
emotionally
dependent
for
one
year
following
the
termination
of
7
the
provision
of
mental
health
services.
8
For
the
purposes
of
subsection
2
,
a
former
patient
or
client
9
is
presumed
to
be
emotionally
dependent
for
one
year
following
10
the
termination
of
the
provision
of
mental
health
services.
11
c.
“Former
patient
or
client”
means
a
person
who
received
12
mental
health
services
from
the
counselor
or
therapist.
13
d.
“Mental
health
service”
means
the
treatment,
assessment,
14
or
counseling
of
another
person
for
a
cognitive,
behavioral,
15
emotional,
mental,
or
social
dysfunction,
including
an
16
intrapersonal
or
interpersonal
dysfunction.
17
e.
“Patient
or
client”
means
a
person
who
receives
mental
18
health
services
from
the
counselor
or
therapist.
19
f.
“School
employee”
means
a
practitioner
as
defined
in
20
section
272.1
.
21
g.
“Student”
means
a
person
who
is
currently
enrolled
in
or
22
attending
a
public
or
nonpublic
elementary
or
secondary
school,
23
or
who
was
a
student
enrolled
in
or
who
attended
a
public
or
24
nonpublic
elementary
or
secondary
school
within
thirty
days
of
25
any
violation
of
subsection
3
.
26
2.
a.
Sexual
exploitation
by
a
counselor
or
therapist
27
occurs
when
any
of
the
following
are
found:
28
a.
(1)
A
pattern
or
practice
or
scheme
of
conduct
to
engage
29
in
any
of
the
conduct
described
in
paragraph
“b”
subparagraph
30
(2)
or
“c”
(3)
.
31
b.
(2)
Any
sexual
conduct,
with
an
emotionally
dependent
32
patient
or
client
or
emotionally
dependent
former
patient
or
33
client
for
the
purpose
of
arousing
or
satisfying
the
sexual
34
desires
of
the
counselor
or
therapist
or
the
emotionally
35
-118-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
118/
163
H.F.
_____
dependent
patient
or
client
or
emotionally
dependent
former
1
patient
or
client,
which
includes
but
is
not
limited
to
the
2
following:
kissing;
touching
3
(a)
Kissing.
4
(b)
Touching
of
the
clothed
or
unclothed
inner
thigh,
5
breast,
groin,
buttock,
anus,
pubes,
or
genitals
;
or
a
.
6
(c)
A
sex
act
as
defined
in
section
702.17
.
7
c.
(3)
Any
sexual
conduct
with
a
patient
or
client
or
8
former
patient
or
client
within
one
year
of
the
termination
of
9
the
provision
of
mental
health
services
by
the
counselor
or
10
therapist
for
the
purpose
of
arousing
or
satisfying
the
sexual
11
desires
of
the
counselor
or
therapist
or
the
patient
or
client
12
or
former
patient
or
client
which
includes
but
is
not
limited
13
to
the
following:
kissing;
touching
14
(a)
Kissing.
15
(b)
Touching
of
the
clothed
or
unclothed
inner
thigh,
16
breast,
groin,
buttock,
anus,
pubes,
or
genitals
;
or
a
.
17
(c)
A
sex
act
as
defined
in
section
702.17
.
18
b.
Sexual
exploitation
by
a
counselor
or
therapist
does
19
not
include
touching
which
is
part
of
a
necessary
examination
20
or
treatment
provided
a
patient
or
client
by
a
counselor
or
21
therapist
acting
within
the
scope
of
the
practice
or
employment
22
in
which
the
counselor
or
therapist
is
engaged.
23
3.
a.
Sexual
exploitation
by
a
school
employee
occurs
when
24
any
of
the
following
are
found:
25
a.
(1)
A
pattern
or
practice
or
scheme
of
conduct
to
engage
26
in
any
of
the
conduct
described
in
paragraph
“b”
subparagraph
27
(2)
.
28
b.
(2)
Any
sexual
conduct
with
a
student
for
the
purpose
29
of
arousing
or
satisfying
the
sexual
desires
of
the
school
30
employee
or
the
student.
Sexual
conduct
includes
but
is
not
31
limited
to
the
following:
kissing;
touching
32
(a)
Kissing.
33
(b)
Touching
of
the
clothed
or
unclothed
inner
thigh,
34
breast,
groin,
buttock,
anus,
pubes,
or
genitals
;
or
a
.
35
-119-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
119/
163
H.F.
_____
(c)
A
sex
act
as
defined
in
section
702.17
.
1
b.
Sexual
exploitation
by
a
school
employee
does
not
include
2
touching
that
is
necessary
in
the
performance
of
the
school
3
employee’s
duties
while
acting
within
the
scope
of
employment.
4
4.
a.
A
counselor
or
therapist
who
commits
sexual
5
exploitation
in
violation
of
subsection
2
,
paragraph
“a”
,
6
subparagraph
(1),
commits
a
class
“D”
felony.
7
b.
A
counselor
or
therapist
who
commits
sexual
exploitation
8
in
violation
of
subsection
2
,
paragraph
“b”
“a”
,
subparagraph
9
(2),
commits
an
aggravated
misdemeanor.
10
c.
A
counselor
or
therapist
who
commits
sexual
exploitation
11
in
violation
of
subsection
2
,
paragraph
“c”
“a”
,
subparagraph
12
(3),
commits
a
serious
misdemeanor.
In
lieu
of
the
sentence
13
provided
for
under
section
903.1,
subsection
1
,
paragraph
14
“b”
,
the
offender
may
be
required
to
attend
a
sexual
abuser
15
treatment
program.
16
5.
a.
A
school
employee
who
commits
sexual
exploitation
17
in
violation
of
subsection
3
,
paragraph
“a”
,
subparagraph
(1),
18
commits
a
class
“D”
felony.
19
b.
A
school
employee
who
commits
sexual
exploitation
in
20
violation
of
subsection
3
,
paragraph
“b”
“a”
,
subparagraph
(2),
21
commits
an
aggravated
misdemeanor.
22
Sec.
231.
Section
711.4,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
23
follows:
24
711.4
Extortion.
25
1.
A
person
commits
extortion
if
the
person
does
any
of
the
26
following
with
the
purpose
of
obtaining
for
oneself
or
another
27
anything
of
value,
tangible
or
intangible,
including
labor
or
28
services:
29
1.
a.
Threatens
to
inflict
physical
injury
on
some
person,
30
or
to
commit
any
public
offense.
31
2.
b.
Threatens
to
accuse
another
of
a
public
offense.
32
3.
c.
Threatens
to
expose
any
person
to
hatred,
contempt,
33
or
ridicule.
34
4.
d.
Threatens
to
harm
the
credit
or
business
or
35
-120-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
120/
163
H.F.
_____
professional
reputation
of
any
person.
1
5.
e.
Threatens
to
take
or
withhold
action
as
a
public
2
officer
or
employee,
or
to
cause
some
public
official
or
3
employee
to
take
or
withhold
action.
4
6.
f.
Threatens
to
testify
or
provide
information
or
to
5
withhold
testimony
or
information
with
respect
to
another’s
6
legal
claim
or
defense.
7
7.
g.
Threatens
to
wrongfully
injure
the
property
of
8
another.
9
2.
Extortion
is
a
class
“D”
felony.
10
3.
It
is
a
defense
to
a
charge
of
extortion
that
the
11
person
making
a
threat
other
than
a
threat
to
commit
a
public
12
offense,
reasonably
believed
that
the
person
had
a
right
to
13
make
such
threats
in
order
to
recover
property,
or
to
receive
14
compensation
for
property
or
services,
or
to
recover
a
debt
to
15
which
the
person
has
a
good
faith
claim.
16
Extortion
is
a
class
“D”
felony.
17
Sec.
232.
Section
714.15,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
18
follows:
19
714.15
Reproduction
of
sound
recordings.
20
1.
For
the
purposes
of
this
section
:
21
“Person”
shall
mean
person
as
defined
in
section
4.1,
22
subsection
20
.
23
a.
“Owner”
means
any
person
who
owns
the
original
fixation
24
of
sounds
embodied
in
the
master
phonograph
record,
master
25
disc,
master
tape,
master
film
or
other
device
used
for
26
reproducing
sounds
on
phonograph
records,
discs,
tapes,
films,
27
or
other
articles
upon
which
sound
is
recorded,
and
from
which
28
the
transferred
recorded
sounds
are
derived.
29
b.
“Person”
shall
mean
person
as
defined
in
section
4.1,
30
subsection
20.
31
1.
2.
Except
as
provided
in
subsection
3
4
,
it
is
unlawful
32
for
a
person
knowingly
to:
33
a.
Transfer
or
cause
to
be
transferred
any
sounds
recorded
34
on
a
phonograph
record,
disc,
wire,
tape,
film
or
other
article
35
-121-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
121/
163
H.F.
_____
without
the
consent
of
the
owner;
or
1
b.
Sell;
distribute;
circulate;
offer
for
sale,
distribution
2
or
circulation;
possess
for
the
purpose
of
sale,
distribution
3
or
circulation;
or
cause
to
be
sold,
distributed,
circulated;
4
offered
for
sale,
distribution
or
circulation;
or
possessed
5
for
sale,
distribution
or
circulation,
any
article
or
device
6
on
which
sounds
have
been
transferred
without
the
consent
of
7
the
person
who
owns
the
master
phonograph
record,
master
disc,
8
master
tape
or
other
device
or
article
from
which
the
sounds
9
are
derived.
10
2.
3.
It
is
unlawful
for
a
person
to
sell,
distribute,
11
circulate,
offer
for
sale,
distribution
or
circulation
or
12
possess
for
the
purposes
of
sale,
distribution
or
circulation,
13
any
phonograph
record,
disc,
wire,
tape,
film
or
other
article
14
on
which
sounds
have
been
transferred
unless
the
phonograph
15
record,
disc,
wire,
tape,
film
or
other
article
bears
the
16
actual
name
and
address
of
the
transferor
of
the
sounds
in
a
17
prominent
place
on
its
outside
face
or
package.
18
3.
4.
This
section
does
not
apply
to
a
person
who
19
transfers
or
causes
to
be
transferred
sounds
intended
for
or
20
in
connection
with
radio
or
television
broadcast
transmission
21
or
related
uses,
synchronized
sound
tracks
of
motion
pictures
22
or
sound
tracks
recorded
for
synchronizing
with
motion
23
pictures,
for
archival
purposes
or
for
the
personal
use
of
the
24
person
transferring
or
causing
the
transfer
and
without
any
25
compensation
being
derived
by
the
person
from
the
transfer.
26
4.
5.
A
person
who
violates
the
provisions
of
this
section
27
is
guilty
of
theft.
28
Sec.
233.
Section
715B.4,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
29
amended
to
read
as
follows:
30
1.
An
art
merchant
who
sells
a
work
of
fine
art
or
a
31
multiple
to
a
buyer
under
a
warranty
attesting
to
facts
about
32
the
work
which
are
not
true
is
liable
to
the
buyer
to
whom
the
33
work
was
sold.
34
a.
If
the
warranty
was
untrue
through
no
fault
of
the
art
35
-122-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
122/
163
H.F.
_____
merchant,
the
merchant’s
liability
is
the
consideration
paid
1
by
the
buyer
upon
return
of
the
work
in
substantially
the
same
2
condition
in
which
it
was
received
by
the
buyer.
3
b.
If
the
warranty
is
untrue
and
the
buyer
is
able
to
4
establish
that
the
art
merchant
failed
to
make
reasonable
5
inquiries
according
to
the
custom
and
the
usage
of
the
6
trade
to
confirm
the
warranted
facts
about
the
work,
or
that
7
the
warranted
facts
would
have
been
found
to
be
untrue
if
8
reasonable
inquiries
had
been
made,
the
merchant’s
liability
is
9
the
consideration
paid
by
the
buyer
with
interest
from
the
time
10
of
the
payment
at
the
rate
prescribed
by
section
535.3
upon
the
11
return
of
the
work
in
substantially
the
same
condition
in
which
12
it
was
received
by
the
buyer.
13
c.
(1)
If
the
warranty
is
untrue
and
the
buyer
is
able
14
to
establish
that
the
art
merchant
knowingly
provided
false
15
information
on
the
warranty
or
willfully
and
falsely
disclaimed
16
knowledge
of
information
relating
to
the
warranty,
the
merchant
17
is
liable
to
the
buyer
in
an
amount
equal
to
three
times
the
18
amount
provided
in
paragraph
“b”
.
19
(2)
This
remedy
shall
not
bar
or
be
deemed
inconsistent
with
20
a
claim
for
damages
or
with
the
exercise
of
additional
remedies
21
otherwise
available
to
the
buyer.
22
Sec.
234.
Section
716.7,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
23
follows:
24
716.7
Trespass
defined.
25
1.
For
purposes
of
this
section:
26
a.
The
term
“property”
“Property”
shall
include
any
land,
27
dwelling,
building,
conveyance,
vehicle,
or
other
temporary
or
28
permanent
structure
whether
publicly
or
privately
owned.
29
b.
“Public
utility
property”
means
any
land,
dwelling,
30
building,
conveyance,
vehicle,
or
other
temporary
or
permanent
31
structure
owned,
leased,
or
operated
by
a
public
utility
and
32
that
is
completely
enclosed
by
a
physical
barrier
of
any
kind.
33
For
the
purposes
of
this
section,
a
“public
utility”
is
a
public
34
utility
as
defined
in
section
476.1
or
an
electric
transmission
35
-123-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
123/
163
H.F.
_____
line
as
provided
in
chapter
478.
1
c.
“Railway
corporation”
means
a
corporation,
company,
or
2
person
owning,
leasing,
or
operating
any
railroad
in
whole
or
3
in
part
within
this
state.
4
d.
“Railway
property”
means
all
tangible
real
and
personal
5
property
owned,
leased,
or
operated
by
a
railway
corporation
6
with
the
exception
of
any
administrative
building
or
offices
of
7
the
railway
corporation.
8
2.
a.
The
term
“trespass”
“Trespass”
shall
mean
one
or
more
9
of
the
following
acts:
10
a.
(1)
Entering
upon
or
in
property
without
the
express
11
permission
of
the
owner,
lessee,
or
person
in
lawful
possession
12
with
the
intent
to
commit
a
public
offense,
to
use,
remove
13
therefrom,
alter,
damage,
harass,
or
place
thereon
or
therein
14
anything
animate
or
inanimate,
or
to
hunt,
fish
or
trap
on
or
15
in
the
property,
including
the
act
of
taking
or
attempting
to
16
take
a
deer,
other
than
a
farm
deer
as
defined
in
section
170.1
17
or
preserve
whitetail
as
defined
in
section
484C.1
,
which
is
18
on
or
in
the
property
by
a
person
who
is
outside
the
property.
19
This
paragraph
subparagraph
does
not
prohibit
the
unarmed
20
pursuit
of
game
or
fur-bearing
animals
by
a
person
who
lawfully
21
injured
or
killed
the
game
or
fur-bearing
animal
which
comes
to
22
rest
on
or
escapes
to
the
property
of
another.
23
b.
(2)
Entering
or
remaining
upon
or
in
property
without
24
justification
after
being
notified
or
requested
to
abstain
from
25
entering
or
to
remove
or
vacate
therefrom
by
the
owner,
lessee,
26
or
person
in
lawful
possession,
or
the
agent
or
employee
of
the
27
owner,
lessee,
or
person
in
lawful
possession,
or
by
any
peace
28
officer,
magistrate,
or
public
employee
whose
duty
it
is
to
29
supervise
the
use
or
maintenance
of
the
property.
30
c.
(3)
Entering
upon
or
in
property
for
the
purpose
or
31
with
the
effect
of
unduly
interfering
with
the
lawful
use
of
32
the
property
by
others.
33
d.
(4)
Being
upon
or
in
property
and
wrongfully
using,
34
removing
therefrom,
altering,
damaging,
harassing,
or
placing
35
-124-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
124/
163
H.F.
_____
thereon
or
therein
anything
animate
or
inanimate,
without
the
1
implied
or
actual
permission
of
the
owner,
lessee,
or
person
in
2
lawful
possession.
3
e.
(5)
Entering
or
remaining
upon
or
in
railway
property
4
without
lawful
authority
or
without
the
consent
of
the
railway
5
corporation
which
owns,
leases,
or
operates
the
railway
6
property.
This
paragraph
subparagraph
does
not
apply
to
7
passage
over
a
railroad
right-of-way,
other
than
a
track,
8
railroad
roadbed,
viaduct,
bridge,
trestle,
or
railroad
yard,
9
by
an
unarmed
person
if
the
person
has
not
been
notified
or
10
requested
to
abstain
from
entering
on
to
the
right-of-way
or
to
11
vacate
the
right-of-way
and
the
passage
over
the
right-of-way
12
does
not
interfere
with
the
operation
of
the
railroad.
13
f.
(6)
Entering
or
remaining
upon
or
in
public
utility
14
property
without
lawful
authority
or
without
the
consent
of
15
the
public
utility
that
owns,
leases,
or
operates
the
public
16
utility
property.
This
paragraph
subparagraph
does
not
apply
17
to
passage
over
public
utility
right-of-way
by
a
person
if
the
18
person
has
not
been
notified
or
requested
by
posted
signage
or
19
other
means
to
abstain
from
entering
onto
the
right-of-way
or
20
to
vacate
the
right-of-way.
21
3.
b.
The
term
“trespass”
“Trespass”
shall
not
mean
22
entering
either
of
the
following:
23
(1)
Entering
upon
the
property
of
another
for
the
sole
24
purpose
of
retrieving
personal
property
which
has
accidentally
25
or
inadvertently
been
thrown,
fallen,
strayed,
or
blown
onto
26
the
property
of
another,
provided
that
the
person
retrieving
27
the
property
takes
the
most
direct
and
accessible
route
to
28
and
from
the
property
to
be
retrieved,
quits
the
property
as
29
quickly
as
is
possible,
and
does
not
unduly
interfere
with
30
the
lawful
use
of
the
property.
This
subsection
subparagraph
31
does
not
apply
to
public
utility
property
where
the
person
has
32
been
notified
or
requested
by
posted
signage
or
other
means
to
33
abstain
from
entering.
34
4.
(2)
The
term
“trespass”
does
not
mean
the
entering
35
-125-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
125/
163
H.F.
_____
Entering
upon
the
right-of-way
of
a
public
road
or
highway.
1
5.
a.
For
purposes
of
this
section
,
“railway
property”
2
means
all
tangible
real
and
personal
property
owned,
leased,
3
or
operated
by
a
railway
corporation
with
the
exception
of
any
4
administrative
building
or
offices
of
the
railway
corporation.
5
b.
For
purposes
of
this
section
,
“railway
corporation”
means
6
a
corporation,
company,
or
person
owning,
leasing,
or
operating
7
any
railroad
in
whole
or
in
part
within
this
state.
8
6.
For
purposes
of
this
section
,
“public
utility
property”
9
means
any
land,
dwelling,
building,
conveyance,
vehicle,
or
10
other
temporary
or
permanent
structure
owned,
leased,
or
11
operated
by
a
public
utility
and
that
is
completely
enclosed
12
by
a
physical
barrier
of
any
kind.
For
the
purposes
of
this
13
section
,
a
“public
utility”
is
a
public
utility
as
defined
in
14
section
476.1
or
an
electric
transmission
line
as
provided
in
15
chapter
478
.
16
7.
3.
This
section
shall
not
apply
to
the
following
17
persons:
18
a.
Representatives
of
the
state
department
of
19
transportation,
the
federal
railroad
administration,
or
the
20
national
transportation
safety
board
who
enter
or
remain
upon
21
or
in
railway
property
while
engaged
in
the
performance
of
22
official
duties.
23
b.
Employees
of
a
railway
corporation
who
enter
or
remain
24
upon
or
in
railway
property
while
acting
in
the
course
of
25
employment.
26
c.
Any
person
who
is
engaged
in
the
operation
of
a
lawful
27
business
on
railway
station
grounds
or
in
the
railway
depot.
28
d.
Representatives
of
the
Iowa
utilities
board,
the
federal
29
energy
regulatory
commission,
or
the
federal
communications
30
commission
who
enter
or
remain
upon
or
in
public
utility
31
property
while
engaged
in
the
performance
of
official
duties.
32
e.
Employees
of
a
public
utility
who
enter
or
remain
upon
33
or
in
public
utility
property
while
acting
in
the
course
of
34
employment.
35
-126-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
126/
163
H.F.
_____
Sec.
235.
Section
724.16A,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
1
follows:
2
724.16A
Trafficking
in
stolen
weapons.
3
1.
A
person
who
knowingly
transfers
or
acquires
possession,
4
or
who
facilitates
the
transfer,
of
a
stolen
firearm
commits
a
:
5
a.
A
class
“D”
felony
for
a
first
offense
and
a
.
6
b.
A
class
“C”
felony
for
second
and
subsequent
offenses
or
7
if
the
weapon
is
used
in
the
commission
of
a
public
offense.
8
2.
However,
this
section
shall
not
apply
to
a
person
9
purchasing
stolen
firearms
through
a
buy-back
program
sponsored
10
by
a
law
enforcement
agency
if
the
firearms
are
returned
to
11
their
rightful
owners
or
destroyed.
12
Sec.
236.
Section
726.1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
13
follows:
14
726.1
Bigamy.
15
1.
a.
Any
person,
having
a
living
husband
or
wife,
who
16
marries
another,
commits
bigamy.
Any
of
the
following
is
a
17
defense
to
the
charge
of
bigamy:
18
1.
The
prior
marriage
was
terminated
in
accordance
with
19
applicable
law,
or
the
person
reasonably
believes
on
reasonably
20
convincing
evidence
that
the
prior
marriage
was
so
terminated.
21
2.
The
person
believes,
on
reasonably
convincing
evidence,
22
that
the
prior
spouse
is
dead.
23
3.
The
person
has,
for
three
years,
had
no
evidence
by
which
24
the
person
can
reasonably
believe
that
the
prior
spouse
is
25
alive.
26
b.
Any
person
who
marries
another
who
the
person
knows
has
27
another
living
husband
or
wife
commits
bigamy.
28
2.
Bigamy
is
a
serious
misdemeanor.
29
3.
Any
of
the
following
is
a
defense
to
the
charge
of
30
bigamy:
31
a.
The
prior
marriage
was
terminated
in
accordance
with
32
applicable
law,
or
the
person
reasonably
believes
on
reasonably
33
convincing
evidence
that
the
prior
marriage
was
so
terminated.
34
b.
The
person
believes,
on
reasonably
convincing
evidence,
35
-127-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
127/
163
H.F.
_____
that
the
prior
spouse
is
dead.
1
c.
The
person
has,
for
three
years,
had
no
evidence
by
which
2
the
person
can
reasonably
believe
that
the
prior
spouse
is
3
alive.
4
Sec.
237.
Section
729.5,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
5
follows:
6
729.5
Violation
of
individual
rights
——
penalty.
7
1.
A
person,
who
acts
alone,
or
who
conspires
with
8
another
person
or
persons,
to
injure,
oppress,
threaten,
or
9
intimidate
or
interfere
with
any
citizen
in
the
free
exercise
10
or
enjoyment
of
any
right
or
privilege
secured
to
that
person
11
by
the
constitution
or
laws
of
the
state
of
Iowa
or
by
the
12
constitution
or
laws
of
the
United
States,
and
assembles
13
with
one
or
more
persons
for
the
purpose
of
teaching
or
14
being
instructed
in
any
technique
or
means
capable
of
causing
15
property
damage,
bodily
injury
or
death
when
the
person
16
or
persons
intend
to
employ
those
techniques
or
means
in
17
furtherance
of
the
conspiracy,
is
on
conviction,
guilty
of
a
18
class
“D”
felony.
19
2.
A
person
intimidates
or
interferes
with
another
person
if
20
the
act
of
the
person
results
in
any
of
the
following:
21
a.
Physical
injury
to
the
other
person.
22
b.
Physical
damage
to
or
destruction
of
the
other
person’s
23
property.
24
c.
Communication
in
a
manner,
or
action
in
a
manner,
25
intended
to
result
in
either
of
the
following:
26
(1)
To
place
the
other
person
in
fear
of
physical
contact
27
which
will
be
injurious,
insulting,
or
offensive,
coupled
with
28
the
apparent
ability
to
execute
the
act.
29
(2)
To
place
the
other
person
in
fear
of
harm
to
the
other
30
person’s
property,
or
harm
to
the
person
or
property
of
a
third
31
person.
32
2.
3.
This
section
does
not
make
unlawful
the
teaching
of
33
any
technique
in
self-defense.
34
3.
4.
This
section
does
not
make
unlawful
any
activity
of
35
-128-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
128/
163
H.F.
_____
any
of
the
following
officials
or
persons:
1
a.
Law
enforcement
officials
of
this
or
any
other
2
jurisdiction
while
engaged
in
the
lawful
performance
of
their
3
official
duties.
4
b.
Federal
officials
required
to
carry
firearms
while
5
engaged
in
the
lawful
performance
of
their
official
duties.
6
c.
Members
of
the
armed
forces
of
the
United
States
or
the
7
national
guard
while
engaged
in
the
lawful
performance
of
their
8
official
duties.
9
d.
Any
conservation
commission,
law
enforcement
agency,
10
or
any
agency
licensed
to
provide
security
services,
or
any
11
hunting
club,
gun
club,
shooting
range,
or
other
organization
12
or
entity
whose
primary
purpose
is
to
teach
the
safe
handling
13
or
use
of
firearms,
archery
equipment,
or
other
weapons
or
14
techniques
employed
in
connection
with
lawful
sporting
or
other
15
lawful
activity.
16
Sec.
238.
Section
804.8,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
17
follows:
18
804.8
Use
of
force
by
peace
officer
making
an
arrest.
19
1.
A
peace
officer,
while
making
a
lawful
arrest,
is
20
justified
in
the
use
of
any
force
which
the
peace
officer
21
reasonably
believes
to
be
necessary
to
effect
the
arrest
or
to
22
defend
any
person
from
bodily
harm
while
making
the
arrest.
23
However,
the
use
of
deadly
force
is
only
justified
when
a
24
person
cannot
be
captured
any
other
way
and
either
of
the
25
following
apply:
26
1.
a.
The
person
has
used
or
threatened
to
use
deadly
force
27
in
committing
a
felony
or
.
28
2.
b.
The
peace
officer
reasonably
believes
the
person
29
would
use
deadly
force
against
any
person
unless
immediately
30
apprehended.
31
2.
A
peace
officer
making
an
arrest
pursuant
to
an
invalid
32
warrant
is
justified
in
the
use
of
any
force
which
the
peace
33
officer
would
be
justified
in
using
if
the
warrant
were
valid,
34
unless
the
peace
officer
knows
that
the
warrant
is
invalid.
35
-129-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
129/
163
H.F.
_____
Sec.
239.
Section
804.11,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
1
follows:
2
804.11
Arrest
of
material
witness.
3
1.
When
a
law
enforcement
officer
has
probable
cause
to
4
believe
that
a
person
is
a
necessary
and
material
witness
to
a
5
felony
and
that
such
person
might
be
unavailable
for
service
of
6
a
subpoena,
the
officer
may
arrest
such
person
as
a
material
7
witness
with
or
without
an
arrest
warrant.
8
2.
At
the
time
of
the
arrest,
the
law
enforcement
officer
9
shall
inform
the
person
of:
10
1.
a.
The
officer’s
identity
as
a
law
enforcement
officer
;
11
and
.
12
2.
b.
The
reason
for
the
arrest
which
is
that
the
person
is
13
believed
to
be
a
material
witness
to
an
identified
felony
and
14
that
the
person
might
be
unavailable
for
service
of
a
subpoena.
15
Sec.
240.
Section
901.2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
16
follows:
17
901.2
Presentence
investigation.
18
1.
Upon
a
plea
of
guilty,
a
verdict
of
guilty,
or
a
special
19
verdict
upon
which
a
judgment
of
conviction
of
a
public
offense
20
may
be
rendered,
the
court
shall
receive
from
the
state,
from
21
the
judicial
district
department
of
correctional
services,
22
and
from
the
defendant
any
information
which
may
be
offered
23
which
is
relevant
to
the
question
of
sentencing.
The
court
may
24
consider
information
from
other
sources.
25
2.
a.
The
court
shall
not
order
a
presentence
investigation
26
when
the
offense
is
a
class
“A”
felony.
If,
however,
the
board
27
of
parole
determines
that
the
Iowa
medical
and
classification
28
center
reception
report
for
a
class
“A”
felon
is
inadequate,
29
the
board
may
request
and
shall
be
provided
with
additional
30
information
from
the
appropriate
judicial
district
department
31
of
correctional
services.
32
b.
The
court
shall
order
a
presentence
investigation
when
33
the
offense
is
any
felony
punishable
under
section
902.9,
34
subsection
1
,
or
a
class
“B”,
class
“C”,
or
class
“D”
felony.
35
-130-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
130/
163
H.F.
_____
A
presentence
investigation
for
any
felony
punishable
under
1
section
902.9,
subsection
1
,
or
a
class
“B”,
class
“C”,
or
2
class
“D”
felony
shall
not
be
waived.
The
court
may
order,
3
with
the
consent
of
the
defendant,
that
the
presentence
4
investigation
begin
prior
to
the
acceptance
of
a
plea
of
5
guilty,
or
prior
to
a
verdict
of
guilty.
6
c.
The
court
may
order
a
presentence
investigation
when
the
7
offense
is
an
aggravated
misdemeanor.
8
d.
The
court
may
order
a
presentence
investigation
when
9
the
offense
is
a
serious
misdemeanor
only
upon
a
finding
10
of
exceptional
circumstances
warranting
an
investigation.
11
Notwithstanding
section
901.3
,
a
presentence
investigation
12
ordered
by
the
court
for
a
serious
misdemeanor
shall
include
13
information
concerning
only
the
following:
14
1.
(1)
A
brief
personal
and
social
history
of
the
15
defendant.
16
2.
(2)
The
defendant’s
criminal
record.
17
3.
(3)
The
harm
to
the
victim,
the
victim’s
immediate
18
family,
and
the
community,
including
any
completed
victim
19
impact
statement
or
statements
and
restitution
plan.
20
3.
The
court
may
withhold
execution
of
any
judgment
or
21
sentence
for
such
time
as
shall
be
reasonably
necessary
for
an
22
investigation
with
respect
to
deferment
of
judgment,
deferment
23
of
sentence,
or
suspension
of
sentence
and
probation.
The
24
investigation
shall
be
made
by
the
judicial
district
department
25
of
correctional
services.
26
4.
The
purpose
of
the
report
by
the
judicial
district
27
department
of
correctional
services
is
to
provide
the
court
28
pertinent
information
for
purposes
of
sentencing
and
to
include
29
suggestions
for
correctional
planning
for
use
by
correctional
30
authorities
subsequent
to
sentencing.
31
Sec.
241.
Section
905.3,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
32
to
read
as
follows:
33
1.
a.
The
board
of
directors
of
each
district
department
34
shall
be
composed
as
follows:
35
-131-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
131/
163
H.F.
_____
a.
(1)
One
member
shall
be
chosen
from
and
by
the
board
1
of
supervisors
of
each
county
in
the
judicial
district
and
2
shall
be
so
designated
annually
by
the
respective
boards
of
3
supervisors
at
the
organizational
meetings
held
under
section
4
331.211
.
5
b.
(2)
One
member
shall
be
chosen
from
each
of
the
project
6
advisory
committees
within
the
judicial
district,
which
person
7
shall
be
designated
annually,
no
later
than
January
15,
by
8
and
from
the
project
advisory
committee.
However,
in
lieu
9
of
the
designation
of
project
advisory
committee
members
as
10
members
of
the
district
board,
the
district
board
may
on
or
11
before
December
31
appoint
two
citizen
members
to
serve
on
the
12
district
board
for
the
following
calendar
year.
13
c.
(3)
A
number
of
members
equal
to
the
number
of
14
authorized
board
members
from
project
advisory
committees
or
15
equal
to
the
number
of
citizen
members
shall
be
appointed
by
16
the
chief
judge
of
the
judicial
district
no
later
than
January
17
15
of
each
year.
18
b.
Within
thirty
days
after
the
members
of
the
district
19
board
have
been
so
designated
for
the
year,
the
district
20
board
shall
organize
by
election
of
a
chairperson,
a
vice
21
chairperson,
and
members
of
the
executive
committee
as
required
22
by
subsection
2
.
The
district
board
shall
meet
at
least
23
quarterly
during
the
calendar
year
but
may
meet
more
frequently
24
upon
the
call
of
the
chairperson
or
upon
a
call
signed
by
a
25
majority,
determined
by
weighted
vote
computed
as
in
subsection
26
4
,
of
the
members
of
the
board.
27
DIVISION
III
28
CONFORMING
CHANGES
29
Sec.
242.
Section
309.57,
subsection
4,
Code
2013,
is
30
amended
to
read
as
follows:
31
4.
Notwithstanding
section
716.7,
subsection
4
2
,
paragraph
32
“b”
,
subparagraph
(2),
entering
or
remaining
upon
an
area
33
service
“C”
classification
road
without
justification
after
34
being
notified
or
requested
to
abstain
from
entering
or
to
35
-132-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
132/
163
H.F.
_____
remove
or
vacate
the
road
by
any
person
lawfully
allowed
access
1
shall
be
a
trespass
as
defined
in
section
716.7
.
2
Sec.
243.
Section
321.210,
subsection
2,
paragraph
c,
Code
3
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
4
c.
Parking
violations,
meaning
violation
of
a
local
5
authority
parking
ordinance
or
violation
of
sections
321L.4
,
6
321.366,
subsection
1
,
paragraph
“f”
,
and
321.354
through
7
321.361
except
section
321.354,
subsection
1
,
paragraph
“a”
.
8
Sec.
244.
Section
331.211,
subsection
1,
paragraph
b,
Code
9
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
10
b.
Choose
one
of
its
members
to
be
a
member
of
the
board
of
11
directors
of
the
judicial
district
department
of
correctional
12
services
as
provided
in
section
905.3,
subsection
1
,
paragraph
13
“a”
,
subparagraph
(1)
.
14
Sec.
245.
Section
331.321,
subsection
1,
paragraph
x,
Code
15
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
16
x.
A
member
of
the
judicial
district
department
of
17
corrections
as
provided
in
section
905.3,
subsection
1
,
18
paragraph
“a”
,
subparagraph
(1)
.
19
Sec.
246.
Section
427B.19A,
subsection
5,
Code
2013,
is
20
amended
to
read
as
follows:
21
5.
A
municipality
may
elect
to
reduce
the
amount
of
assessed
22
value
of
property
defined
in
section
403.19,
subsection
1
,
by
23
an
amount
equal
to
that
portion
of
the
amount
of
such
assessed
24
value
which
was
phased
out
for
the
fiscal
year
by
operation
of
25
section
427B.17,
subsection
3
4
.
The
applicable
assessment
26
roll
and
ordinance
providing
for
the
division
of
taxes
under
27
section
403.19
in
the
urban
renewal
taxing
district
shall
be
28
deemed
to
be
modified
for
that
fiscal
year
only
to
the
extent
29
of
such
adjustment
without
further
action
on
the
part
of
the
30
city
or
county
implementing
the
urban
renewal
taxing
district.
31
Sec.
247.
Section
427B.19C,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
32
as
follows:
33
427B.19C
Adjustment
of
certain
assessments
required.
34
In
the
assessment
year
beginning
January
1,
2003,
the
amount
35
-133-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
133/
163
H.F.
_____
of
assessed
value
of
property
defined
in
section
403.19,
1
subsection
1
,
for
an
urban
renewal
taxing
district
which
2
received
replacement
moneys
under
section
427B.19A,
subsection
3
4
,
shall
be
reduced
by
an
amount
equal
to
that
portion
of
the
4
amount
of
assessed
value
of
such
property
which
was
assessed
5
pursuant
to
section
427B.17,
subsection
3
4
.
6
Sec.
248.
Section
437A.3,
subsection
1,
paragraph
a,
7
subparagraph
(1),
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
8
(1)
“Base
year
assessed
value”
,
for
a
taxpayer
other
than
an
9
electric
company,
natural
gas
company,
or
electric
cooperative,
10
means
the
value
attributable
to
property
identified
in
11
section
427A.1,
subsection
1
,
paragraph
“h”
,
certified
by
the
12
department
of
revenue
to
the
county
auditors
for
the
assessment
13
date
of
January
1,
1997,
and
the
value
attributable
to
property
14
identified
in
section
427A.1
and
section
427B.17,
subsection
5
15
8
,
as
certified
by
the
local
assessors
to
the
county
auditors
16
for
the
assessment
date
of
January
1,
1997,
provided,
that
17
for
a
taxpayer
subject
to
section
437A.17A
,
such
value
shall
18
be
the
value
certified
by
the
department
of
revenue
and
local
19
assessors
to
the
county
auditors
for
the
assessment
date
of
20
January
1,
1998.
21
Sec.
249.
Section
543C.3,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
22
amended
to
read
as
follows:
23
1.
There
may
be
omitted
from
the
offering
statement
any
24
of
the
information
required
under
section
543C.2
,
subsections
25
6
subsection
1,
paragraph
“f”
,
9
“i”
,
and
10
“j”
which
the
26
commission
may
by
a
properly
promulgated
rule
designate
as
27
being
unnecessary
or
inappropriate
for
the
protection
of
the
28
public
interest
or
a
purchaser.
29
Sec.
250.
Section
692A.102,
subsection
1,
paragraph
a,
30
subparagraph
(1),
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
31
(1)
Sexual
abuse
in
the
second
degree
in
violation
of
32
section
709.3,
subsection
2
1
,
paragraph
“b”
,
if
committed
by
a
33
person
under
the
age
of
fourteen.
34
Sec.
251.
Section
692A.102,
subsection
1,
paragraph
c,
35
-134-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
134/
163
H.F.
_____
subparagraphs
(8)
and
(9),
Code
2013,
are
amended
to
read
as
1
follows:
2
(8)
Sexual
abuse
in
the
second
degree
in
violation
of
3
section
709.3,
subsection
1
,
paragraph
“a”
or
3
“c”
.
4
(9)
Sexual
abuse
in
the
second
degree
in
violation
of
5
section
709.3,
subsection
2
1,
paragraph
“b”
,
if
committed
by
a
6
person
fourteen
years
of
age
or
older.
7
Sec.
252.
Section
714.3A,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
8
amended
to
read
as
follows:
9
1.
A
person
commits
aggravated
theft
when
the
person
10
commits
an
assault
as
defined
in
section
708.1,
subsection
1
11
2
,
paragraph
“a”
,
that
is
punishable
as
a
simple
misdemeanor
12
under
section
708.2,
subsection
6
,
after
the
person
has
removed
13
or
attempted
to
remove
property
not
exceeding
two
hundred
14
dollars
in
value
which
has
not
been
purchased
from
a
store
or
15
mercantile
establishment,
or
has
concealed
such
property
of
the
16
store
or
mercantile
establishment,
either
on
the
premises
or
17
outside
the
premises
of
the
store
or
mercantile
establishment.
18
Sec.
253.
Section
716.8,
subsections
2
and
6,
Code
2013,
are
19
amended
to
read
as
follows:
20
2.
Any
person
committing
a
trespass
as
defined
in
section
21
716.7
,
other
than
a
trespass
as
defined
in
section
716.7,
22
subsection
2
,
paragraph
“f”
“a”
,
subparagraph
(6),
which
results
23
in
injury
to
any
person
or
damage
in
an
amount
more
than
two
24
hundred
dollars
to
anything,
animate
or
inanimate,
located
25
thereon
or
therein
commits
a
serious
misdemeanor.
26
6.
Any
person
who
commits
a
trespass
as
defined
in
section
27
716.7,
subsection
2
,
paragraph
“f”
“a”
,
subparagraph
(6),
28
commits
a
class
“D”
felony.
29
Sec.
254.
Section
724.26,
subsection
2,
paragraph
c,
Code
30
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
31
c.
For
purposes
of
this
section
,
“misdemeanor
crime
of
32
domestic
violence”
means
an
assault
under
section
708.1,
33
subsection
1
2,
paragraph
“a”
or
3
“c”
,
committed
by
a
current
34
or
former
spouse,
parent,
or
guardian
of
the
victim,
by
a
35
-135-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
135/
163
H.F.
_____
person
with
whom
the
victim
shares
a
child
in
common,
by
a
1
person
who
is
cohabiting
with
or
has
cohabited
with
the
victim
2
as
a
spouse,
parent,
or
guardian,
or
by
a
person
similarly
3
situated
to
a
spouse,
parent,
or
guardian
of
the
victim.
4
Sec.
255.
Section
901A.2,
subsection
5,
Code
2013,
is
5
amended
to
read
as
follows:
6
5.
A
person
who
has
been
convicted
of
a
violation
of
section
7
709.3,
subsection
2
1,
paragraph
“b”
,
shall,
upon
a
second
8
conviction
for
a
violation
of
section
709.3,
subsection
2
1,
9
paragraph
“b”
,
be
committed
to
the
custody
of
the
director
10
of
the
Iowa
department
of
corrections
for
the
rest
of
the
11
person’s
life.
In
determining
whether
a
conviction
is
a
first
12
or
second
conviction
under
this
subsection
,
a
prior
conviction
13
for
a
criminal
offense
committed
in
another
jurisdiction
which
14
would
constitute
a
violation
of
section
709.3,
subsection
2
1,
15
paragraph
“b”
,
if
committed
in
this
state,
shall
be
considered
16
a
conviction
under
this
subsection
.
The
terms
and
conditions
17
applicable
to
sentences
for
class
“A”
felons
under
chapters
18
901
through
909
shall
apply
to
persons
sentenced
under
this
19
subsection
.
20
Sec.
256.
Section
903B.10,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
21
amended
to
read
as
follows:
22
1.
A
person
who
has
been
convicted
of
a
serious
sex
23
offense
may,
upon
a
first
conviction
and
in
addition
to
any
24
other
punishment
provided
by
law,
be
required
to
undergo
25
medroxyprogesterone
acetate
treatment
as
part
of
any
conditions
26
of
release
imposed
by
the
court
or
the
board
of
parole.
27
The
treatment
prescribed
in
this
section
may
utilize
an
28
approved
pharmaceutical
agent
other
than
medroxyprogesterone
29
acetate.
Upon
a
second
or
subsequent
conviction,
the
court
30
or
the
board
of
parole
shall
require
the
person
to
undergo
31
medroxyprogesterone
acetate
or
other
approved
pharmaceutical
32
agent
treatment
as
a
condition
of
release,
unless,
after
an
33
appropriate
assessment,
the
court
or
board
determines
that
the
34
treatment
would
not
be
effective.
In
determining
whether
a
35
-136-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
136/
163
H.F.
_____
conviction
is
a
first
or
second
conviction
under
this
section
,
1
a
prior
conviction
for
a
criminal
offense
committed
in
another
2
jurisdiction
which
would
constitute
a
violation
of
section
3
709.3,
subsection
2
1,
paragraph
“b”
,
if
committed
in
this
4
state,
shall
be
considered
a
conviction
under
this
section
.
5
This
section
shall
not
apply
if
the
person
voluntarily
6
undergoes
a
permanent
surgical
alternative
approved
by
the
7
court
or
the
board
of
parole.
8
DIVISION
IV
9
DIRECTIVES
10
Sec.
257.
CODE
EDITOR
DIRECTIVES.
11
1.
Section
915.11,
Code
2013,
is
amended
by
striking
12
the
word
“website”
and
inserting
in
lieu
thereof
the
words
13
“internet
site”.
14
2.
Sections
8D.9,
subsection
3;
23B.3,
subsection
5;
99D.7,
15
subsection
24;
99F.4,
subsection
26;
144D.2,
subsection
2;
16
256.9,
subsection
57;
260C.14,
subsection
22,
paragraph
“a”;
17
261.7,
subsection
2;
262.9,
subsection
33,
paragraphs
“a”,
“d”,
18
and
“f”;
321.134,
subsection
1;
331.553,
subsection
6;
384.65,
19
subsection
4,
paragraph
“c”;
421.17,
subsection
28;
423.56,
20
subsection
3,
paragraph
“c”;
445.37,
unnumbered
paragraph
21
4;
453D.3,
subsection
2,
unnumbered
paragraph
1;
523A.807,
22
subsection
4;
556.17,
subsection
2,
paragraph
“b”;
and
572.34,
23
subsections
5
through
8;
Code
2013,
are
amended
by
striking
24
the
word
“website”
and
inserting
in
lieu
thereof
the
words
25
“internet
site”.
26
3.
Section
715.4,
subsection
2,
paragraph
“b”,
Code
2013,
is
27
amended
by
striking
the
word
“websites”
and
inserting
in
lieu
28
thereof
the
words
“internet
sites”.
29
4.
Sections
15.115,
subsection
4;
68A.401,
subsection
30
1;
68A.405,
subsection
1,
paragraph
“a”,
subparagraph
(3);
31
249J.8,
subsection
3;
249J.14,
subsection
6;
257.31,
subsection
32
2;
279.63,
subsection
3;
322.13,
subsection
1;
331.439,
33
subsection
5,
paragraph
“b”;
331.604,
subsection
3,
paragraph
34
“b”,
subparagraph
(2),
subparagraph
divisions
(a)
and
(c);
35
-137-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
137/
163
H.F.
_____
331.604,
subsection
3,
paragraph
“d”;
331.606A,
subsection
6,
1
paragraph
“c”;
455B.152,
subsection
4;
459A.208,
subsection
2
5,
paragraph
“b”,
subparagraph
(6);
459A.208,
subsection
5,
3
paragraph
“c”;
515A.6,
subsection
7,
paragraph
“a”;
533A.8,
4
subsection
10;
556.2C,
subsection
1,
paragraph
“b”;
572.8,
5
subsection
1,
unnumbered
paragraph
1;
572.8,
subsections
2
and
6
3;
572.13,
subsection
2;
572.13A,
subsection
1,
unnumbered
7
paragraph
1;
572.13A,
subsection
2;
572.13A,
subsection
3,
8
paragraph
“a”;
572.13B,
subsection
1,
unnumbered
paragraph
1;
9
572.18,
subsection
1;
572.22,
unnumbered
paragraph
1;
572.24,
10
subsection
2;
572.34,
subsections
2,
5,
6,
7,
and
8;
715.3,
11
subsection
1;
and
715C.2,
subsection
4,
paragraph
“c”;
Code
12
2013,
are
amended
by
striking
the
word
“website”
and
inserting
13
in
lieu
thereof
the
word
“site”.
14
5.
Sections
15.115,
subsection
4;
331.604,
subsection
3,
15
paragraph
“d”;
455B.807,
subsection
2;
Code
2013,
are
amended
16
by
striking
the
word
“websites”
and
inserting
in
lieu
thereof
17
the
word
“sites”.
18
6.
Sections
15.274
and
535D.19,
Code
2013,
are
amended
by
19
striking
the
word
“websites”
and
inserting
in
lieu
thereof
the
20
word
“sites”.
21
7.
Sections
73.16,
subsection
2,
paragraph
“c”,
22
subparagraph
(2),
and
307.49,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
are
23
amended
by
striking
the
words
“web
page”
and
inserting
in
lieu
24
thereof
the
words
“internet
site”.
25
8.
Sections
103.31,
subsection
6;
256.9,
subsection
50,
26
paragraph
“a”;
and
260C.36,
subsection
4,
paragraph
“b”,
27
subparagraph
(1);
Code
2013,
are
amended
by
striking
the
28
word
“web-based”
and
inserting
in
lieu
thereof
the
word
29
“internet-based”.
30
9.
Section
237A.30,
subsection
3,
Code
2013,
is
amended
by
31
striking
the
word
“webpage”
and
inserting
in
lieu
thereof
the
32
words
“internet
site”.
33
10.
Sections
68B.35A,
147.93,
190A.4,
249J.17,
298.6,
and
34
572.10,
Code
2013,
are
amended
by
striking
the
word
“website”
35
-138-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
138/
163
H.F.
_____
and
inserting
in
lieu
thereof
the
word
“site”.
1
11.
The
Code
editor
is
directed
to
remove
former
reserved
2
section
15.410
from
part
22
of
chapter
15,
and
add
new
section
3
15.410,
as
enacted
in
this
Act,
to
part
23
of
chapter
15.
4
EXPLANATION
5
This
bill
contains
statutory
corrections
that
adjust
6
language
to
reflect
current
practices,
insert
earlier
7
omissions,
delete
redundancies
and
inaccuracies,
delete
8
temporary
language,
resolve
inconsistencies
and
conflicts,
9
update
ongoing
provisions,
or
remove
ambiguities.
The
Code
10
sections
amended
include
the
following:
11
DIVISION
I.
Code
section
3.4:
Numbers
unnumbered
12
paragraphs
in
this
provision
relating
to
approval
and
item
veto
13
of
legislation,
updates
terminology
by
replacing
the
word
“it”
14
with
more
specific
language,
and
reformats
language
regarding
15
the
contents
of
a
certificate
of
the
presiding
officers
of
each
16
house
of
the
general
assembly.
17
Code
section
8A.402:
Strikes
the
word
“with”
to
clarify
18
a
prohibition
against
supervisory
employees
being
granted
19
replacement
or
bumping
rights
vis-a-vis
a
junior
employee.
20
Code
section
9I.12:
Moves
language
and
designates
a
21
penalty
as
a
civil
penalty
in
this
provision
that
penalizes
22
nonresidents
or
their
agents,
trustees,
or
fiduciaries
for
23
failure
to
timely
file
a
registration
or
report
relating
to
24
ownership
of
Iowa
agricultural
land.
25
Code
section
10B.4:
Strikes
language
in
references
to
the
26
former
Code
chapter
10C,
that
contained
reporting
requirements
27
for
life
science
enterprises,
to
change
the
reference
to
the
28
last
Code
in
which
all
of
the
provisions
of
former
Code
chapter
29
10C
appeared.
30
Code
section
11.41:
Changes
the
words
“review”
and
31
“reviewed”
to
“examination”
and
“examined”
in
language
relating
32
to
the
performance
of
audits
or
examinations
by
the
auditor
of
33
state
to
conform
to
similar
changes
made
by
2011
Acts,
chapter
34
75,
throughout
Code
chapter
11.
35
-139-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
139/
163
H.F.
_____
Code
section
15.330:
Adds
the
words
“by
a
business
together”
1
to
create
an
antecedent
subject
and
clarify
the
meaning
of
2
the
word
“its”
in
this
provision
regarding
reports
submitted
3
by
businesses
seeking
incentives
or
assistance
under
the
high
4
quality
jobs
program.
5
Code
sections
15.410
and
15.411:
Strikes
definitions
6
contained
in
subsection
1
of
Code
section
15.411
and
moves
them
7
to
a
new
definitions
section,
Code
section
15.410.
The
Code
8
editor
is
directed,
in
division
IV
of
this
bill,
to
make
new
9
Code
section
15.410
a
part
of
part
23
of
Code
chapter
15.
10
Code
sections
15E.232
and
15E.233:
Replaces
a
reference
11
to
the
economic
development
fund
with
a
reference
to
“a
fund
12
established
under
section
15.335B”
to
conform
to
similar
13
changes
in
economic
development
program
and
project
language
by
14
2012
Acts,
chapter
1126.
15
Code
section
16.195:
Adds
references
to
the
Iowa
jobs
II
16
program
and
changes
“program”
to
“programs”
to
account
for
the
17
addition
of
the
Iowa
jobs
II
program
to
the
programs
that
are
18
to
be
reviewed
by
the
review
committee
of
the
Iowa
job
board
by
19
2010
Acts,
chapter
1184,
sections
88
and
89.
20
Code
section
17A.7:
Replaces
the
word
“its”
in
two
places
21
with
more
specific
modifiers
to
clarify
language
describing
the
22
five-year
review
of
agency
rules
that
is
to
be
conducted
by
23
each
state
agency.
24
Code
section
26.3:
Replaces
the
words
“a
website”
with
the
25
words
“an
internet
site”
to
conform
the
terminology
used
in
26
this
provision
relating
to
bidding
on
public
improvements
to
27
the
defined
terms
in
Code
section
4.1,
subsections
9B
and
9C.
28
Code
sections
28D.4
and
28D.6:
Replaces
the
word
“Act”
29
with
“compensation
program”
in
identical
language
in
these
two
30
provisions
to
clarify
that
the
term
“employee”
is
defined
and
31
benefits
are
to
be
received
under
the
employee
compensation
32
program
of
the
sending
agency.
When
these
two
provisions
were
33
enacted
in
1965
Acts,
ch
82
(61st
G.A.),
and
codified,
most
of
34
the
references
to
the
term
“Act”
were
replaced
with
the
word
35
-140-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
140/
163
H.F.
_____
“chapter”,
but
these
references
were
not
changed
and
the
term
1
“employee”
is
not
defined,
nor
are
benefits
spelled
out
or
2
granted,
under
Code
chapter
28D.
3
Code
section
28J.18:
Strikes
the
word
“and”
and
adds
the
4
word
“or”
to
clarify
a
series
that
describes
what
entities
may
5
invest
in
revenue
bonds
of
a
port
authority.
6
Code
section
29A.42:
Adds
a
subsection
reference
within
a
7
reference
to
Code
section
719.1,
in
this
provision
describing
8
the
offense
of
interference
with
official
acts
when
committed
9
by
military
personnel.
Code
section
719.1
was
amended
by
1991
10
Acts,
chapter
219,
to
add
in
a
new
subsection
for
interference
11
with
official
acts
for
persons
under
the
custody,
control,
12
or
supervision
of
the
department
of
corrections,
but
the
13
internal
reference
in
this
section
to
Code
section
719.1
was
14
not
corrected
at
that
time
to
reflect
the
change.
15
Code
section
35A.20:
Changes
the
term
“active
federal
16
military
service”
to
“federal
active
duty”
to
correspond
with
17
changes
made
by
2012
Acts,
chapter
1072,
to
former
Code
section
18
35.9,
which
was
repealed
and
reenacted
as
this
Code
section
by
19
2012
Acts,
chapter
1059.
20
Code
section
96.19:
Updates
a
reference
by
name
to
the
21
social
security
administration
responsible
for
carrying
out
22
certain
administrative
actions
with
respect
to
payment
by
23
employers
into
an
employment
fund
for
unemployment
compensation
24
purposes.
25
Code
section
124.201:
Replaces
the
word
“it”
with
the
words
26
“general
assembly”
and
adds
commas
to
set
off
a
qualifying
27
phrase
to
improve
the
readability
of
language
describing
28
the
circumstances
under
which
a
temporary
designation
of
29
a
controlled
substance
by
the
board
of
pharmacy
will
be
30
nullified.
31
Code
sections
125.86
and
229.15:
Strikes
a
reference
to
a
32
date
which
has
passed
to
reflect
changes
made
to
the
definition
33
of
mental
health
professional
in
Code
section
228.1
by
2012
34
Acts,
ch
1079.
35
-141-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
141/
163
H.F.
_____
Code
section
135C.1:
Corrects
a
United
States
Code
citation
1
which
is
intended
to
indicate
the
location
of
a
certain
2
section
of
the
federal
Social
Security
Act
in
language
defining
3
“intermediate
care
facility
for
persons
with
an
intellectual
4
disability”.
5
Code
section
135C.6:
Changes
“persons
with
intellectual
6
disabilities”
to
“persons
with
an
intellectual
disability”
in
7
a
reference
to
the
waiver
for
services
for
those
persons
in
8
residential
programs
to
conform
to
changes
made
throughout
the
9
Code
by
2012
Acts,
chapter
1019.
10
Code
section
142.3:
Replaces
obsolete
references
to
11
“telegram”
and
“telegraph”
with
“notification”
and
“issue
12
verbal
or
written”
instructions
to
update
language
relating
13
to
the
method
used
to
notify
the
department
of
public
health
14
regarding
dead
bodies
which
may
be
used
for
scientific
purposes
15
by
a
medical
school.
Notwithstanding
current
Code
language,
16
the
current
policy
of
the
department
is
for
the
person
who
has
17
custody
of
the
body
to
telephone
the
department
and
for
the
18
department
to
issue
oral
or
written
instructions
regarding
19
disposition.
20
Code
section
144.29A:
Combines
three
subsections
into
a
21
single,
alphabetized
definitions
subsection
in
this
provision
22
relating
to
termination
of
pregnancy
reporting.
23
Code
sections
152B.1
and
152B.2:
Adds
the
words
“or
surgeon”
24
after
the
word
“physician”
to
conform
to
language
elsewhere
in
25
this
Code
chapter
relating
to
respiratory
care
that
includes
26
the
words
“or
surgeon”
after
the
word
“physician”.
27
Code
section
161A.61:
Changes
“that”
to
“a”
to
correct
28
a
clerical
error
made
when
obsolete
language
relating
to
a
29
past
event
relating
to
particular
farm
units
was
stricken
from
30
the
beginning
of
this
subsection
by
2012
Acts,
chapter
1095,
31
section
13.
32
Code
section
163.28:
Repeals
an
obsolete
provision
relating
33
to
the
licensing
of
processing
plants
for
the
boiling
of
34
commercial
garbage
for
use
as
swine
feed.
The
licensing
of
35
-142-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
142/
163
H.F.
_____
these
plants
was
discontinued
in
1970.
1
Code
sections
203.10
and
203C.10:
Strikes
a
comma
to
clarify
2
that
rules
relating
to
expiration
of
licenses
issued
under
3
Code
chapter
203,
for
grain
dealers,
and
chapter
203C,
for
4
warehouses
for
agricultural
products
are
adopted
under
Code
5
chapter
17A.
6
Code
section
203C.16:
Moves
a
definition
and
renumbers
a
7
provision
relating
to
the
storage
of
bulk
grain
by
more
than
8
one
person.
9
Code
section
207.2:
Corrects
an
incorrect
Code
of
Federal
10
Regulations
citation
to
the
definition
of
“prime
farmland”
as
11
prescribed
by
the
United
States
department
of
agriculture
in
12
this
Code
chapter
regulating
coal
mining.
13
Code
sections
208A.1
through
208A.3:
Strikes
nonconforming
14
Code
hierarchical
elements
and
both
reformats
and
renumbers
15
these
provisions
within
the
Code
chapter
regulating
motor
16
vehicle
antifreeze.
17
Code
section
214A.1:
Strikes
a
definition
of
the
term
18
“office”,
which
term
is
defined
as
the
office
of
renewable
19
fuels
and
coproducts.
The
term
is
not
used
within
Code
chapter
20
214A,
and
the
Code
chapter
is
administered
by
the
department
of
21
agriculture
and
land
stewardship.
22
Code
section
215.7:
Adds
the
word
“a”
before
the
word
23
“credit”
to
conform
this
provision
relating
to
weights
or
24
measurement
to
similar
language
construction
in
subsection
3
of
25
this
same
Code
section.
26
Code
section
217.17:
Changes
“this”
to
“the”
to
clarify
27
that
the
reference
is
to
the
administrator
of
the
division
28
of
planning,
research,
and
statistics
of
the
department
of
29
human
services
and
to
prevent
inadvertent
electronic
hypertext
30
linkage
to
Code
chapter
subunits
within
Code
chapter
217.
31
Code
sections
217.30
and
217.31:
Replaces
references
to
32
“this
division”
to
Code
section
references
to
clarify
the
33
meaning
of
the
references.
When
these
two
provisions
were
34
originally
enacted
by
1973
Acts,
chapter
186,
section
12,
they
35
-143-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
143/
163
H.F.
_____
were
part
of
a
single
division
of
the
Act.
The
two
provisions
1
were
then
codified
together
with
another
Code
section
under
2
an
unnumbered
subheading
in
Code
chapter
217.
However,
3
Code
chapter
217
is
currently
divided
into
subchapters,
not
4
divisions,
the
subheading
no
longer
exists,
and
the
provisions
5
are
part
of
a
larger
subchapter
that
deals
with
more
subject
6
matters
than
those
contained
in
these
two
provisions.
7
Code
section
222.13:
Moves
the
words
“in
writing”
to
8
immediately
after
the
word
“request”
to
clarify
and
improve
the
9
readability
of
the
description
of
the
process
for
voluntary
10
admission
of
an
adult
person
as
an
inpatient
or
outpatient
of
a
11
state
resource
center
in
a
2012
amendment
by
2012
Acts,
chapter
12
1120,
section
70.
13
Code
section
222.27:
Strikes
a
comma
to
clarify
the
second
14
of
the
two
exceptions
to
a
requirement
that
hearings
regarding
15
the
commitment
of
persons
with
an
intellectual
disability
be
16
public.
17
Code
section
225.10:
Restructures
and
reformats
language
18
to
enumerate
the
steps
that
must
be
taken
to
admit
a
person
19
suffering
from
a
mental
disease
to
the
state
psychiatric
20
hospital
as
a
voluntary
public
patient.
21
Code
sections
225C.4,
225C.6,
228.6,
and
331.321:
Replaces
22
references
to
provisions
that
were
stricken
from
Code
chapter
23
230A,
relating
to
community
mental
health
centers,
effective
24
July
1,
2012,
by
2011
Acts,
chapter
121,
with
references
to
the
25
successor
provisions.
26
Code
section
225C.15:
Strikes
a
reference
to
a
provision
27
within
Code
chapter
230A,
relating
to
community
mental
health
28
centers,
that
were
repealed
effective
July
1,
2012,
and
not
29
replaced
by
2011
Acts,
chapter
121.
30
Code
sections
229.13
and
229.22:
Adds
the
words
“hospital
31
or”
or
“or
hospital”
before
or
after
the
word
“facility”
to
32
conform
to
similar
changes
made
by
2010
Acts,
chapter
1103.
33
Code
section
230.33:
Updates
the
language
regarding
34
proposed
transfers
of
persons
with
mental
illness
or
an
35
-144-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
144/
163
H.F.
_____
intellectual
disability
to
an
out-of-state
facility
to
conform
1
with
current
Code
language
style.
2
Code
section
230A.105:
Changes
the
term
“mental
3
retardation”
to
“intellectual
disability”
in
language
within
4
Code
chapter
230A,
relating
to
community
mental
health
5
centers,
to
conform
to
changes
made
by
2012
Acts,
chapter
1019,
6
elsewhere
in
the
Code.
7
Code
section
230A.110:
Changes
the
words
“state
8
accountants”
to
“the
auditor
of
state”
and
adds
a
corresponding
9
reference
to
the
auditor
later
in
this
provision
relating
to
10
audits
of
community
mental
health
centers
to
conform
this
11
language
to
language
used
elsewhere
in
the
Code
to
describe
12
audits
performed
by
the
auditor
of
state.
13
Code
section
231.56:
Changes
the
word
“instituted”
to
14
“allocated”
in
language
describing
what
happens
to
funds
that
15
have
been
appropriated
for
purposes
of
providing
services
and
16
programs
for
older
Iowans.
17
Code
section
232.73A:
Repeats
the
words
“position
in
18
employment”
to
complete
the
elements
of
a
series
and
to
19
improve
the
readability
of
this
provision
describing
what
20
constitutes
“retaliatory
action”
in
employment
as
reprisal
for
21
an
employee’s
good
faith
participation
in
an
assessment
of
a
22
child
abuse
report.
23
Code
section
234.6:
Updates
the
name
of
the
administrative
24
entity
charged
with
oversight
of
social
security
and
revises
25
the
citation
information
relating
to
the
United
States
Code
26
provisions
in
which
the
enabling
legislation
for
that
entity
27
is
codified.
28
Code
section
235E.6:
Deletes
the
redundant
word
“finding”
29
from
language
relating
to
a
determination
by
the
department
of
30
human
services
that
founded
dependent
adult
abuse
has
occurred.
31
Code
section
249J.6:
Conforms
terminology
in
language
32
regarding
an
electronic
health
risk
assessment
to
the
term
33
“internet”
defined
in
Code
section
4.1,
subsection
9B.
34
Code
section
256.11A:
Repeals
this
obsolete
provision
35
-145-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
145/
163
H.F.
_____
relating
to
school
district
requests
for
waivers
from
1
educational
standards
for
teacher
librarians,
guidance
2
counselors,
and
school
nurses.
3
Code
section
256.22:
Repeals
this
obsolete
provision
4
establishing
the
extended
year
school
grant
program.
5
Code
section
256D.3:
Strikes
obsolete
language
containing
6
the
beginning
date
for
submission
of
the
annual
report
by
the
7
department
of
education
on
the
Iowa
early
intervention
block
8
grant
program.
9
Code
section
256F.6:
Replaces
the
word
“charter”
with
10
“contract”
in
this
provision
that
describes
contents
of
a
11
contract
in
a
provision
that
covers
not
only
charter
schools,
12
but
also
innovation
zone
schools.
13
Code
sections
261B.4,
261B.11,
and
714.24:
Strikes
a
14
reference
to
a
provision
that
provided
an
exemption
from
15
certain
financial
responsibility
requirements
and
was
stricken
16
by
2012
Acts,
chapter
1077,
section
20.
17
Code
sections
275.1
and
282.24:
Strikes
the
words
18
“subsections
1
and”
from
an
internal
reference
to
provisions
19
within
Code
section
282.7
to
clarify
the
provisions
being
20
referred
to
and
to
eliminate
an
electronic
hypertext
linkage
21
problem.
22
Code
section
279.9A:
Adds
in
an
additional
reference
to
a
23
Code
section
under
which
a
student
may
be
suspended
or
expelled
24
by
school
officials
in
language
relating
to
the
recording
of
25
the
basis
for
actions
taken
to
suspend
or
expel
students
from
26
school.
27
Code
section
280.11:
Strikes
the
word
“federal”
and
a
comma
28
to
correct
a
reference
by
name
to
the
standard
for
occupational
29
noise
exposure
and
clarifies
that
the
standard
is
established
30
by
the
federal
occupational
safety
and
health
administration.
31
Code
section
280.13B:
Updates
language
relating
to
the
32
recording
of
high
school
athletic
tournament
contests
or
events
33
to
reflect
changes
in
technology
that
permit
recording
of
the
34
tournaments
by
means
other
than
videotape.
35
-146-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
146/
163
H.F.
_____
Code
section
282.4:
Redesignates
a
paragraph
as
a
1
subsection
and
renumbers
provisions
within
this
Code
section
2
governing
the
suspension
or
expulsion
of
students
for
the
3
commission
of
an
assault.
4
Code
section
299.6:
Restructures
this
provision
relating
to
5
violations
of
a
mediation
agreement
or
refusal
to
participate
6
in
mediation
under
the
compulsory
attendance
Code
chapter
7
to
combine
language
classifying
offense
types
with
language
8
specifying
the
punishment
for
those
offenses,
and
numbering
and
9
lettering
the
resulting
provisions
according
to
the
substantive
10
content
of
the
provisions.
11
Code
section
306C.18:
Changes
language
referring
to
a
12
special
account
entitled
the
“highway
beautification
fund”
to
a
13
reference
to
the
Code
section
that
establishes
the
fund
called
14
the
“highway
beautification
fund”
in
this
provision
requiring
15
permits
and
charging
fees
for
ownership
of
advertising
devices
16
that
are
erected
along
interstate
or
primary
highways,
and
17
depositing
the
permit
fees
into
the
fund.
18
Code
sections
313.43,
313.44,
and
313.45:
Moves
language
19
from
Code
sections
313.44
and
313.45,
which
are
then
repealed,
20
to
Code
section
313.43,
to
co-locate
these
provisions
impacting
21
lateral
or
detour
routes
in
cities.
22
Code
section
313.64:
Updates
language
and
corrects
an
23
incorrect
internal
self-reference
in
language
regarding
24
agreements
between
the
department
of
transportation
and
private
25
owners
of
bridges
that
cross
a
boundary
stream.
26
Code
section
321.98:
Rewrites,
reformats,
and
updates
27
language
relating
to
operation
of
a
vehicle
without
28
registration
to
clarify
the
relationship
between
the
29
requirements
contained
within
this
provision.
30
Code
section
321.180B:
Redesignates
and
strikes
an
31
unnecessary
“however”
within
this
provision
regulating
32
graduated
driver’s
licenses
for
persons
aged
14-17
to
group
33
together
two
provisions
establishing
requirements
regarding
34
persons
who
must
accompany
a
permittee
operating
a
motor
35
-147-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
147/
163
H.F.
_____
vehicle.
1
Code
section
321.188:
Adds
the
word
“driving”
before
the
2
words
“skills
test”
to
clarify
which
of
the
two
skills
tests
3
may
be
the
subject
of
a
waiver
in
this
provision
establishing
4
the
requirements
for
a
commercial
driver’s
license.
5
Code
section
321.276:
Strikes
obsolete
language
regarding
6
a
past
period
for
warning
citations
and
redesignates
language
7
within
this
provision
regulating
the
use
of
hand-held
8
electronic
devices
by
operators
of
motor
vehicles.
9
Code
section
321.285:
Strikes
an
internal
reference
10
to
paragraph
“a”
of
Code
section
805.8A,
subsection
5,
11
from
language
stating
that
violations
of
excessive
speed
12
restrictions
are
a
simple
misdemeanor
punishable
as
a
13
scheduled
violation
under
that
provision.
Code
section
805.8A,
14
subsection
5,
contains
penalties
for
violations
of
excessive
15
speed
restrictions
in
paragraphs
“a”
and
“b”
that
apply
to
16
violations
of
this
Code
section
and
paragraphs
“c”
and
“d”
17
further
refine
the
applications
of
those
penalties.
18
Code
section
321.341:
Adds
the
words
“the
vehicle”
and
19
“the
vehicle
shall”
to
clarify
that
the
motion
of
the
vehicle
20
is
being
regulated
in
this
provision
requiring
obedience
to
21
signals
indicating
the
approach
of
a
railroad
train
or
track
22
equipment.
23
Code
section
321.354:
Restructures
to
improve
the
24
readability
of
this
provision
regulating
the
stopping
of
a
25
vehicle
upon
certain
highways.
26
Code
section
321.498:
Moves
a
definition
from
Code
section
27
321.499
to
Code
section
321.498,
and
then
repeals
Code
section
28
321.499,
to
co-locate
both
definitions
that
relate
to
the
legal
29
effect
of
operation
of
a
motor
vehicle
by
nonresidents
within
30
the
state
of
Iowa.
31
Code
section
321G.20:
Strikes
“and
possessing”
and
adds
32
“shall
possess”
and
“issued
under
this
chapter”
to
clarify
33
that
the
possession
of
an
education
certificate
issued
as
34
provided
in
Code
chapter
321G,
which
governs
the
operation
of
35
-148-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
148/
163
H.F.
_____
snowmobiles,
is
a
requirement
in
addition
to
being
under
the
1
direct
supervision
of
an
adult
for
snowmobile
operators
who
are
2
12-15
years
of
age.
3
Code
sections
321J.24
and
321J.25:
Strikes
“chemical
4
substance
abuse”
and
adds
“persons
with
substance-related
5
disorders”
after
the
words
“facilities
for
the
treatment
of”
to
6
these
two
provisions
regarding
educational
awareness
programs
7
for
persons
who
have
operated
motor
vehicles
while
intoxicated,
8
to
reflect
the
changes
to
the
terms
defined
in
Code
section
9
125.2
by
2011
Acts,
chapter
121.
10
Code
section
331.392:
Adds
the
words
“persons
representing”
11
before
the
words
“other
interests”
to
conform
the
last
part
of
12
this
series
describing
the
membership
of
advisory
committees
13
referenced
in
agreements
for
governance
and
organization
of
14
mental
health
and
disability
services
regions
to
the
other
15
parts
of
the
series.
16
Code
section
331.395:
Reorganizes
to
separate
provisions
17
that
describe
requirements
that
a
person
must
meet
to
be
18
eligible
for
services
under
a
regional
mental
health
and
19
disabilities
service
system
from
requirements
imposed
upon
the
20
providers
of
the
services
through
the
system.
21
Code
section
331.606A:
Replaces
the
words
“a
website”
with
22
the
words
“an
internet
site”
to
conform
the
terminology
used
in
23
this
provision,
relating
to
redaction
of
personal
information
24
from
electronic
county
land
records,
to
the
defined
terms
in
25
Code
section
4.1,
subsections
9B
and
9C.
26
Code
section
331.653:
Corrects
a
reference
by
name
to
Code
27
chapter
321J,
entitled
operating
while
intoxicated,
in
language
28
pertaining
to
the
duties
of
a
county
attorney.
29
Code
section
341A.15:
Separates
two
nondependent
clauses
30
into
two
separate
sentences
within
this
provision
relating
to
31
the
granting
of
leaves
of
absence
by
a
sheriff
to
a
person
32
under
civil
service.
33
Code
section
357A.11:
Replaces
the
word
“Act”
with
the
34
word
“chapter”
in
this
provision
relating
to
the
adoption
35
-149-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
149/
163
H.F.
_____
of
rules,
regulations,
and
rate
schedules
by
the
board
that
1
is
responsible
under
the
terms
of
Code
chapter
357A
for
the
2
governance
of
rural
water
districts.
3
Code
section
357E.9:
Adds
an
automatic
repeal
provision
4
for
transition
provisions
applicable
to
the
expansion
of
5
recreational
lake
district
boards
from
three
to
seven
trustees.
6
The
transition
from
three
trustee
to
seven
trustee
boards
will
7
have
been
fully
implemented
by
July
1,
2018,
which
is
the
date
8
that
is
set
for
the
repeal
of
the
transition
provisions.
9
Code
section
368.26:
Reformats
and
numbers
provisions
10
to
establish
a
definitions
subsection
within
this
provision
11
regarding
annexation
of
farmland
by
a
city.
12
Code
section
411.6:
Strikes
an
internal
reference
to
Code
13
section
125.2
in
this
provision
regulating
the
receipt
of
14
benefits
under
the
retirement
system
for
police
officers
and
15
fire
fighters
and
inserts
a
definition
of
the
term
“chemical
16
dependency”.
The
new
definition
is
identical
to
the
definition
17
of
that
term
in
Code
section
125.2
prior
to
the
rewrite
of
18
definitions
within
that
Code
section
by
2011
Acts,
chapter
121.
19
Code
section
419.1:
Adds
the
word
“qualified”
and
corrects
20
a
citation
to
federal
legislation
regarding
disaster
area
bonds
21
that
were
authorized
under
the
2008
federal
Emergency
Economic
22
Stabilization
Act.
23
Code
section
420.224:
Rewrites
language,
stating
the
24
conditions
of
a
single
exception
to
the
resale
of
property
sold
25
to
a
city
at
a
tax
sale,
to
eliminate
a
colon
and
connect
the
26
exception
to
the
balance
of
the
provision.
27
Code
section
421.30:
Rewrites
an
internal
reference
to
28
a
provision
within
Code
section
441.19,
in
this
provision
29
defining
the
term
“reassessment
expense
fund”,
to
reflect
the
30
renumbering
of
Code
section
441.19
by
2009
Acts,
chapter
41.
31
Code
section
421C.4:
Adds
the
word
“and”
to
clarify
that
32
certain
inter-county
agreements
for
the
collection
of
court
33
debt
are
entered
into
pursuant
not
only
to
the
Code
chapter
34
granting
authority
for
these
types
of
agreements,
but
also
to
35
-150-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
150/
163
H.F.
_____
the
provision
that
imposes
the
obligation
to
collect
court
1
debt.
2
Code
section
423B.1:
Strikes
the
redundant
word
“state”
to
3
correct
a
reference
error
in
a
local
option
taxes
provision
4
that
refers
to
the
general
election
described
in
Code
chapter
5
39.
6
Code
section
423B.2:
Moves
language,
reformats,
and
numbers
7
this
provision
relating
to
local
vehicle
taxes
to
create
a
8
definitions
subsection
and
improve
the
organization
of
the
Code
9
section.
10
Code
section
427B.17:
Moves
language,
reformats,
and
11
renumbers
this
provision
relating
to
property
subject
to
12
special
valuation
to
place
all
of
the
definitions
in
one
13
location
and
place
the
language
providing
exceptions
to
the
14
rules
established
within
this
Code
section
at
the
end
of
the
15
Code
section.
16
Code
section
432.12C:
Substitutes
the
word
“chapter”
17
for
“division”
in
this
provision
regarding
investment
tax
18
credits
against
insurance
companies’
tax.
There
are
no
19
divisions
within
Code
chapter
432.
The
word
“sections”
is
also
20
replaced
with
two
separate
references
to
“section”
to
improve
21
readability
and
facilitate
electronic
hypertext
linkage
within
22
a
series
of
Code
section
citations.
23
Code
section
441.4:
Adds
the
words
“a
hearing
is”
to
clarify
24
that
a
public
hearing
must
be
held
to
remove
a
member
of
the
25
examining
board
that
examines
candidates
for
the
positions
of
26
assessor
or
deputy
assessor,
but
only
if
the
discharged
member
27
requests
the
hearing.
28
Code
section
453B.7:
Moves
the
modifying
phrase,
“other
29
than
marijuana”
to
follow
the
words
“taxable
substance”
in
this
30
provision
imposing
an
excise
tax
on
dealers
of
certain
unlawful
31
substances.
32
Code
section
455B.301:
Adds
the
word
“or”
to
correct
a
33
drafting
error
made
in
2008
Acts,
chapter
1118,
and
to
conform
34
this
provision
to
the
language
of
rules
that
preexisted
this
35
-151-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
151/
163
H.F.
_____
definition,
which
may
be
found
at
567
IAC
chapter
108,
and
1
which
regulate
the
use
of
rubble
as
fill.
2
Code
section
455D.11:
Strikes
a
reference,
in
this
3
provision
relating
to
disposal
of
waste
tires,
to
a
penalty
4
provision
that
was
stricken
by
2007
Acts,
chapter
151,
section
5
4.
6
Code
section
455F.7:
Replaces
the
word
“division”
with
7
the
word
“section”
in
this
provision
relating
to
permits
for
8
retailers
who
offer
for
sale
or
sell
household
hazardous
9
materials.
There
are
no
divisions
within
Code
chapter
455F.7
10
and
the
permit
provisions
for
the
sale
or
offer
for
sale
of
11
household
hazardous
materials
are
contained
entirely
within
12
this
Code
section.
13
Code
sections
455G.1,
455G.2,
455G.3,
455G.4,
455G.5,
14
455G.6,
455G.8,
455G.9,
455G.12
and
455G.21:
Replaces
the
word
15
“chapter”
with
the
word
“subchapter”
in
these
provisions
which
16
are
part
of
the
subchapter
entitled
the
“Iowa
Comprehensive
17
Petroleum
Underground
Storage
Tank
Fund
Act”.
When
enacted
18
in
1989,
the
provisions
of
the
Iowa
comprehensive
petroleum
19
storage
tank
fund
Act
were
the
only
provisions
within
Code
20
chapter
455G,
but
there
are
now
other
subchapters
within
the
21
Code
chapter
that
pertain
to
other
subject
matters
and
contain
22
separate
definitions
and
applicability
provisions.
23
Code
section
455G.13:
Replaces
the
word
“chapter”
with
24
the
word
“subchapter”
and
splits
a
run-on
sentence
to
clarify
25
the
standing
of
the
department
of
natural
resources
in
cases
26
or
contested
actions
relating
to
the
underground
storage
tank
27
fund
or
an
underground
storage
tank,
and
to
establish
that
a
28
motion
and
showing
by
a
party
wishing
to
be
joined
to
an
action
29
for
cost
recovery
or
subrogation
is
a
precondition
to
joinder
30
approved
by
the
court
or
an
administrative
law
judge.
31
Code
section
455G.31:
Replaces
the
word
“chapter”
with
the
32
word
“subchapter”
in
this
provision
regarding
E-85
storage
and
33
dispensing
infrastructure.
This
provision
is
within
its
own
34
subchapter
in
Code
chapter
455G.
Code
chapter
455G
currently
35
-152-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
152/
163
H.F.
_____
also
includes
a
subchapter
regarding
the
regulation
of
1
underground
petroleum
storage
tanks
and
a
repealed
subchapter
2
that
established
an
aboveground
petroleum
storage
tank
fund.
3
Code
sections
461.36,
461.37,
and
461.38:
Changes
language
4
relating
to
use,
distribution,
and
allocation
of
funds
within
5
the
natural
resources
and
outdoor
recreation
trust
fund,
6
to
be
more
consistent
with
language
used
to
describe
the
7
use,
distribution,
and
allocation
of
moneys
within
this
fund
8
elsewhere
in
subchapter
IV
of
Code
chapter
461
and
within
other
9
funds
in
the
Code.
10
Code
sections
468.21
and
468.252:
Moves
language
to
11
eliminate
a
parenthetical
phrase
and
also
updates
terminology
12
used
in
these
two
provisions
relating
to
hearings
on
petitions
13
regarding
levee
and
drainage
districts
and
improvements.
14
Code
section
477.10:
Replaces
the
word
“Act”
with
the
15
word
“subchapter”
to
clarify
the
meaning
of
these
definitions
16
pertaining
to
local
telephone
exchanges
and
exchange
companies.
17
When
this
provision
was
enacted
in
1933,
45th
G.A.,
First
18
Extraordinary
Session,
chapter
102,
the
provisions
that
made
up
19
the
Act
were
all
codified
together
and
comprised
what
is
now
20
subchapter
II
of
Code
chapter
477.
21
Code
section
481A.6A:
Changes
the
word
“such”
to
22
“classified”
to
clarify
that
the
list
of
species
of
pheasant
23
that
are
excluded
from
the
definition
of
the
term
“pen-reared
24
pheasant”
is
a
complete
list
of
excluded
species,
rather
than
a
25
list
of
examples
of
types
of
species
that
may
be
excluded.
26
Code
section
481A.72:
Moves
the
phrase
“except
as
otherwise
27
provided
in
this
chapter”
to
the
beginning
of
subsection
1
and
28
breaks
up
the
independent
restrictions
on
different
methods
of
29
fishing
into
separate
sentences
to
improve
the
readability
of
30
the
provisions.
31
Code
section
489.1303:
Substitutes,
for
the
words
“this
32
chapter
takes
effect”,
the
actual
effective
date
of
Code
33
chapter
489
to
clarify
which
actions
were
not
affected
by
the
34
2008
enactment
of
the
Code
chapter.
35
-153-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
153/
163
H.F.
_____
Code
section
490.1114:
Substitutes
for
the
word
“article”
1
the
word
“division”
in
this
provision
relating
to
business
2
corporations
because
Code
chapter
490
is
subdivided
into
3
divisions,
not
articles.
4
Code
section
491.38:
Strikes
the
words
“and/or”
and
5
inserts,
in
one
instance,
the
word
“or”
and
the
words
“or
6
constructing
and
operating”
and,
in
the
other
instances,
the
7
word
“or”
to
update
this
provision
regarding
consolidation
of
8
interstate
bridge
companies
to
reflect
the
use
of
the
word
9
“or”
elsewhere
in
the
Code
to
describe
situations
in
which
10
alternatives
are
intended.
11
Code
section
502.306:
Replaces
the
word
“rule”
with
a
more
12
standard
internal
reference
to
“paragraph”
to
conform
the
13
style
of
this
definition
of
“development
stage
company”
to
14
language
used
throughout
the
Code
to
describe
applicability
of
15
definitions.
16
Code
section
504.1101:
Adds
in
the
words
“or
unincorporated
17
entity”
after
the
words
“surviving
corporation”
in
18
this
provision
regarding
the
merger
of
corporations
or
19
unincorporated
entities
into
each
other
to
conform
to
other
20
changes
made
to
this
Code
section
by
2012
Acts,
chapter
1049.
21
Code
section
507.14:
Replaces
the
word
“their”
in
two
places
22
with
more
specific
language
to
clarify
what
law
is
to
apply
and
23
which
information
is
to
be
held
confidential
in
this
provision
24
governing
the
disclosure
of
confidential
records
held
by
the
25
insurance
division
of
the
department
of
commerce.
26
Code
section
508.38:
Moves
language
and
renumbers
to
27
eliminate
nonconforming
Code
hierarchical
elements
and
improve
28
readability
of
this
provision
relating
to
nonforfeiture
29
benefits
under
contracts
for
annuities.
30
Code
section
511.8:
Adds
the
words
“from”
and
“rating”
31
to
clarify
the
meaning
of
the
phrase
“or
the
equivalent”
in
32
language
specifying
when
a
security
no
longer
qualifies
as
a
33
legal
reserve
investment
of
an
insurance
company.
34
Code
section
512B.11:
Substitutes,
for
the
words
“the
35
-154-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
154/
163
H.F.
_____
effective
date
of
this
Act”,
the
actual
effective
date
of
1990
1
Acts,
chapter
1148,
to
clarify
the
applicability
of
the
1990
2
enactment
of
Code
chapter
512B.
3
Code
section
514D.2:
Substitutes
for
the
word
“division”
4
the
word
“chapter”
in
this
definition
of
the
term
“accident
and
5
sickness
insurance”
because
Code
chapter
514D
is
not
divided
6
into
divisions.
7
Code
section
514F.6:
Enumerates
and
alphabetizes
to
8
improve
the
readability
of
these
definitions
that
apply
to
the
9
retrospective
payment
under
a
health
insurance
policy
of
clean
10
claims
for
the
services
of
certain
health
care
practitioners.
11
Code
section
515.19:
Changes
the
word
“commissioner”
12
to
“commission”
to
clarify
that
commission
expenses,
not
13
commissioner
expenses,
are
not
to
be
paid
from
advancements
of
14
funds
to
mutual
insurance
companies
by
directors,
officers,
or
15
members.
16
Code
section
523A.601:
Removes
specific
phone
number
17
and
street
address
information
from
a
form
explanation
of
18
regulatory
oversight
by
the
insurance
division
to
conform
19
to
similar
wording
in
a
form
that
was
added
to
this
section
20
by
2011
Acts,
chapter
62,
section
4.
The
change
would
also
21
eliminate
a
future
need
for
legislation
to
amend
the
Code
22
should
the
telephone
number
of
the
insurance
division
or
the
23
street
address
of
the
Iowa
securities
and
regulated
industries
24
bureau
ever
change.
25
Code
section
523A.602:
Adds
language
immediately
preceding
26
a
form
notice
to
be
consistent
with
other
language
that
27
precedes
forms
within
this
Code
chapter
governing
cemetery
and
28
funeral
merchandise
and
funeral
services,
and
elsewhere
in
the
29
Code.
30
Code
section
524.521:
Adds
the
words
“of
a
stock
31
corporation”
to
conform
the
initial
paragraph
of
this
32
subsection
pertaining
to
the
authorization
of
classes
of
shares
33
in
articles
of
incorporation
to
similar
language
in
the
initial
34
paragraphs
of
subsections
1
and
2
of
this
Code
section.
35
-155-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
155/
163
H.F.
_____
Code
section
524.1008:
Reformats
and
enumerates
two
1
alternative
provisions,
that
must
be
part
of
an
agreement
2
for
the
succession
of
fiduciary
accounts
of
a
state
bank,
to
3
eliminate
nonconforming
Code
hierarchical
elements
and
to
4
correct
internal
references
to
those
nonconforming
elements.
5
Code
section
524.1413:
Strikes
three
instances
of
“or
state
6
savings
and
loan
association”
in
this
provision
regarding
the
7
approval
or
disapproval
of
an
application
for
approval
of
a
8
conversion
of
a
national
bank
or
federal
savings
association
9
to
conform
to
similar
changes
made
in
Code
chapter
524
and
10
elsewhere
in
the
Code
by
2012
Acts,
chapter
1017.
11
Code
sections
533.107
and
533.213:
Adds
a
United
States
Code
12
citation
after
a
reference
by
name
to
the
Federal
Credit
Union
13
Act
to
facilitate
referencing
to
the
provisions
of
that
Act
and
14
possible
future
electronic
hypertext
linkage
to
the
codified
15
version
of
that
Act.
16
Code
section
535B.10:
Moves
language
to
clarify
that
17
the
title
guaranty
division
of
the
Iowa
finance
authority
18
is
the
recipient
of
information
from
the
superintendent
of
19
the
division
of
banking
of
the
department
of
commerce
in
a
20
provision
regarding
supervision
of
closing
agent
licensees
21
whose
activities
relate
to
the
issuance
of
title
guaranty
22
certificates
issued
by
the
title
guaranty
division.
23
Code
section
543B.7:
Clarifies
that
penalties
imposed
by
24
the
real
estate
commission
upon
real
estate
brokers
or
real
25
estate
salespersons
are
civil
monetary
penalties.
26
Code
section
543B.43:
Changes
a
reference
from
Code
section
27
543B.42
to
Code
section
543B.41
to
clarify
that
proceedings
by
28
the
real
estate
commission
to
determine
whether
a
licensee
is
29
guilty
of
a
violation
of
Code
chapter
543B
and
the
preparation
30
of
a
list
of
licensees
by
the
real
estate
commission
are
not
31
within
the
range
of
sections
that,
if
violated,
are
punishable
32
as
a
simple
misdemeanor.
33
Code
section
543C.2:
Renumbers,
corrects
internal
34
references,
deletes
the
extraneous
word
“who”
in
three
places,
35
-156-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
156/
163
H.F.
_____
and
adds
qualifying
language
to
restructure
this
provision
1
governing
the
sale
or
lease
of
subdivided
land
in
order
to
2
separate
provisions
establishing
requirements
for
the
contents
3
of
the
application
to
sell
or
lease
from
the
provisions
4
prescribing
requirements
for
the
offering
statement.
5
Code
section
577.1:
Renumbers
to
eliminate
an
unanchored
6
unnumbered
paragraph
and
corrects
outdated
United
States
7
Code
references
to
the
federal
Aviation
Act
of
1958
in
this
8
provision
relating
to
liens
on
aircraft
and
equipment.
9
Code
section
602.8103:
Restructures
to
enumerate
the
two
10
types
of
investments
in
which
the
clerk
of
court
may
invest
11
money
that
has
been
deposited
with
the
clerk
for
payment
to
12
another
person,
and
to
correct
an
incorrect
United
States
Code
13
reference
to
the
federal
Investment
Company
Act
of
1940.
14
Code
section
602.8105:
Strikes
language
relating
to
the
15
filing,
entering,
and
endorsing
of
a
mechanic’s
lien
by
the
16
clerk
of
court.
All
responsibilities
relating
to
mechanic’s
17
liens
were
transferred
from
the
court
to
the
secretary
of
18
state’s
office
by
2012
Acts,
chapter
1105.
19
Code
section
602.8107:
Strikes
an
extraneous
“for”
in
20
language
defining
“court
debt”
as
including,
among
other
fees
21
and
charges,
expenses
of
a
public
defender
ordered
pursuant
to
22
Code
section
815.9.
23
Code
section
602.11101:
Renumbers
to
eliminate
unanchored
24
unnumbered
paragraphs
and
replaces
instances
of
the
words
“this
25
Act”
with
specific
references
to
the
1983
Act
in
which
the
26
court
system
was
reorganized.
27
Code
section
622.34:
Replaces
the
words
“above
regulations”
28
with
specific
language
that
clarifies
which
of
the
provisions
29
that
precede
Code
section
622.34
do
not
prevent
the
enforcement
30
of
contracts
not
denied
in
pleadings.
31
Code
section
622.79:
Strikes
the
word
“above”
and
adds
a
32
citation
to
Code
sections
622.76
through
622.78
to
clarify
that
33
the
remedies
provided
in
this
provision
are
in
addition
to
the
34
remedies
provided
in
those
provisions.
35
-157-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
157/
163
H.F.
_____
Code
section
631.1:
Restructures
and
redesignates
language
1
in
this
provision
establishing
the
jurisdictional
amounts
for
2
actions
in
small
claims
to
separate
references
to
claims
which
3
are
made
before
and
claims
which
are
made
on
or
after
July
1,
4
2002.
In
the
restructure
of
this
provision,
existing
initial
5
and
final
modifying
phrases
are
repeated
to
form
complete
6
sentences
within
the
two
resulting
lettered
paragraphs.
7
Code
section
633.128:
Redesignates
this
provision
to
8
eliminate
nonconforming
Code
hierarchical
elements
that
appear
9
after
a
colon
in
the
second
paragraph
and
to
enumerate
the
10
manner
of
notice
required
in
accountings
of
a
common
trust
fund
11
that
are
presented
to
the
court.
12
Code
section
633.376:
Adds,
in
this
provision
relating
to
13
allowances
for
children
of
a
decedent,
references
to
a
guardian
14
ad
litem
and
a
guardian
to
make
the
language
of
the
provision
15
internally
consistent.
16
Code
section
633.704:
Strikes
the
word
“the”
and
changes
the
17
words
“pursuant
to”
to
“described
in”
in
a
provision
in
which
18
an
out-of-state
court
has
requested
assistance
from
a
court
of
19
this
state
in
a
guardianship
or
protective
proceeding,
because
20
although
subsection
1
contemplates
the
assistance,
it
only
21
describes
the
reverse
situation.
22
Code
section
633A.3110:
Makes
several
technical
corrections
23
to
clarify
the
timing
and
contents
of
notices
to
creditors,
24
heirs,
and
surviving
spouses
that
are
prescribed
in
this
Code
25
section
and
conforms
the
language
of
this
provision
regarding
26
allowances
with
the
possible
allowances
specified
in
Code
27
section
633A.3114.
28
Code
section
633A.3115:
Adds
the
words
“guardian
ad
litem”
29
twice
to
this
provision
regarding
notice
and
allowances
for
30
children
of
a
decedent
to
make
the
language
of
the
provision
31
internally
consistent.
32
Code
section
654.14:
Redesignates
this
provision
relating
33
to
preferences
in
receivership
to
eliminate
unanchored
34
unnumbered
paragraphs
and
strikes
the
words
“and/or”
and
adds
35
-158-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
158/
163
H.F.
_____
“,
or
both,”
in
language
relating
to
payment
of
insurance
on
1
buildings
or
other
benefits
to
real
estate.
2
Code
section
671.2:
Updates
language
and
redesignates
3
to
eliminate
unanchored
unnumbered
paragraphs
within
this
4
provision
regarding
a
hotelkeeper’s
or
owner’s
responsibility
5
regarding
valuables
of
a
guest
of
a
hotel.
6
Code
section
708.1:
Redesignates
within
this
provision
7
defining
the
offense
of
assault
to
eliminate
unanchored
8
unnumbered
paragraphs
and
restructures
the
language
in
what
9
is
designated
as
subsection
3
to
consolidate
language
that
is
10
repeated
in
two
instances
into
a
unified
lead-in
phrase
to
a
11
list
of
activities
described
as
not
constituting
an
assault.
12
Code
section
708.4:
Adds
language
naming
the
offense
of
13
willful
injury
to
the
text
describing
what
constitutes
the
14
offense.
15
Code
section
709.16:
Renumbers
this
provision
to
eliminate
16
an
unanchored
unnumbered
paragraph
and
updates
language
17
referring
to
facilities
for
the
treatment
of
persons
who
have
18
substance-related
disorders
to
conform
to
changes
made
to
Code
19
section
125.2
by
2011
Acts,
chapter
121.
20
Code
section
710.5:
Adds
language
naming
the
offense
of
21
child
stealing
to
the
text
describing
what
constitutes
the
22
offense,
moves
language
describing
the
nature
of
the
penalty
23
that
attaches
to
the
crime,
and
redesignates
the
provision
to
24
facilitate
citation
to
the
resulting
provisions.
25
Code
section
710A.2:
Updates
language
specifying
that
26
ignorance
of
a
victim’s
age
is
not
a
defense
to
a
violation
of
27
the
statute
prohibiting
human
trafficking
to
conform
to
the
28
style
of
similar
language
elsewhere
in
the
Code.
29
Code
section
710A.2A:
Rewrites
a
reflexive
phrase
to
30
eliminate
an
awkward
construction
in
language
regarding
the
31
attempted
or
actual
enticing,
coercing,
or
recruiting
of
an
32
underage
person
to
engage
in
a
commercial
sexual
activity.
33
Code
sections
715.3
and
715.4:
Replaces
references
to
the
34
term
“web
page”
with
references
to
“internet
site”
in
these
35
-159-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
159/
163
H.F.
_____
provisions
relating
to
computer
cybercrime
to
conform
the
1
terminology
to
terms
defined
in
Code
section
4.1,
subsection
2
9B.
3
Code
section
716.3:
Restructures
and
numbers
this
provision
4
to
set
out
the
elements
of
criminal
mischief
in
the
first
5
degree
and
separate
the
language
defining
the
crime
from
the
6
language
designating
the
offense
type.
The
word
“so”
is
also
7
replaced
with
the
words
“that
is”
to
conform
the
language
of
8
these
two
provisions
with
an
update
to
similar
language
in
Code
9
section
716.5
by
2009
Acts,
chapter
41.
10
Code
sections
716.4
and
716.6:
Replaces
the
word
“so”
11
with
the
words
“that
is”
to
conform
the
language
of
these
two
12
provisions
with
an
update
to
similar
language
in
Code
section
13
716.5
by
2009
Acts,
chapter
41.
14
Code
section
716.10:
Rewrites
and
redesignates
to
enumerate
15
and
alphabetize
the
definitions
applicable
to
the
crime
of
16
railroad
vandalism.
17
Code
section
716A.3:
Letters
two
sentences
in
this
18
provision
regarding
the
sale
of
misbranded
drugs
through
the
19
use
of
electronic
mail
or
the
internet
and
corrects
an
internal
20
reference
in
language
relating
to
the
penalty
associated
with
a
21
death
that
results
from
consumption
of
drugs.
22
Code
sections
716B.2,
716B.3,
and
716B.4:
Adds
language
23
naming
the
offenses
described
in
each
of
these
provisions
24
regarding
unlawful
hazardous
waste
activities
and
redesignates
25
the
provisions
to
separate
differing
penalties
from
each
other.
26
Code
section
717B.1:
Replaces
the
incorrect
word
27
“dedication”
with
the
word
“detection”
in
language
defining
28
the
responsibilities
of
a
law
enforcement
officer
regarding
29
criminal
activities
and
enforcement
of
criminal
laws.
30
Code
section
719.1:
Adds
language
naming
the
offenses
31
described
in
each
of
the
two
subsections
of
this
section
and
32
restructures
and
redesignates
to
set
out
the
elements
of
the
33
offenses
described.
An
internal
reference
to
a
penalty
is
also
34
corrected
in
what
is
redesignated
as
subsection
1,
paragraph
35
-160-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
160/
163
H.F.
_____
“a”.
1
Code
section
721.6:
Changes
“to”
to
“through”
and
replaces
2
the
word
“self”
with
the
words
“own
candidacy”
to
update
an
3
internal
reference
to
other
provisions
in
this
Code
chapter
and
4
the
style
of
a
reference
to
the
candidacy
of
a
public
officer
5
or
employee.
6
Code
section
721.7:
Clarifies
an
internal
reference
to
7
provisions
within
this
Code
chapter
on
official
misconduct
8
which
are
punishable
as
a
serious
misdemeanor.
Code
section
9
721.6
establishes
an
exception
to
the
prohibitions
contained
in
10
Code
sections
721.2
through
721.5.
11
Code
sections
724.1
and
724.2:
Moves
language
from
a
second
12
paragraph
in
subsection
7
of
Code
section
724.1
to
become
a
new
13
subsection
2
of
Code
section
724.2
to
place
the
prohibition
14
contained
within
the
paragraph
with
the
language
to
which
it
15
refers.
Currently,
the
language
of
that
second
paragraph
16
reads:
“Notwithstanding
section
724.2,
no
person
is
authorized
17
to
possess
in
this
state
a
shotshell
or
cartridge
intended
18
to
project
a
flame
or
fireball
of
the
type
described
in
this
19
section”.
20
Code
section
724.4B:
Adds
the
word
“with”
to
language
21
excepting
persons
who
engage
in
certain
conduct
from
the
22
prohibition
against
carrying
weapons
on
school
grounds
to
23
mirror
the
language
in
this
Code
section
that
describes
the
24
prohibited
conduct.
25
Code
section
802.7:
Changes
the
word
“division”
to
26
“chapter”
in
this
section
of
this
Code
chapter
that
establishes
27
the
statutes
of
limitation
for
criminal
actions.
Code
chapter
28
802
does
not
contain
any
divisions.
29
Code
section
804.14:
Redesignates
and
updates
the
style
of
30
this
provision
describing
what
is
required
during
the
making
of
31
an
arrest
from
language
that
describes
whether
the
arresting
32
officer
must
have
a
warrant
in
the
officer’s
possession
to
33
facilitate
citation.
34
Code
section
814.11:
Moves
language
relating
to
35
-161-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
161/
163
H.F.
_____
court-appointed
representation
of
an
indigent
person
to
clarify
1
that
it
is
the
attorney
who
has
the
contract
to
provide
legal
2
services
to
indigent
persons.
3
Code
section
815.5:
Adds
the
words
“expert
witnesses”
in
the
4
portion
of
the
series
relating
to
witnesses
called
by
the
state
5
in
criminal
cases
to
correct
the
syntax
of
this
series
relating
6
to
compensation
of
expert
witnesses
as
determined
by
the
court.
7
Code
section
901B.1:
Letters
paragraphs
within
a
8
subsection
relating
to
the
development
of
an
intermediate
9
criminal
sanctions
program
by
each
judicial
district
and
10
judicial
district
department
of
correctional
services.
An
11
obsolete
reference
to
a
past
date
by
which
the
plan
had
to
be
12
implemented
is
also
stricken.
13
Code
section
905.1:
Combines
two
paragraphs
and
changes
14
the
words
“An
intermediate
criminal
sanctions”
to
“A
15
community-based
correctional”
in
language
that
is
part
of
a
16
definition
describing
the
characteristics
of
a
community-based
17
correctional
program.
18
Code
section
907.3:
Restructures
and
renumbers
to
conform
19
the
structure
of
these
two
provisions
regarding
deferral
20
of
judgment
or
sentence
by
the
court
to
each
other
and
to
21
eliminate
unanchored
unnumbered
paragraphs.
The
subparagraphs
22
containing
the
exceptions
are
also
then
placed
in
Code
23
section
order,
based
upon
the
Code
sections
referenced
in
each
24
subparagraph.
25
Code
section
907.8:
Redesignates
to
eliminate
unanchored
26
unnumbered
paragraphs
in
this
provision
regarding
supervision
27
during
a
period
of
probation
and
updates
language
containing
28
requirements
imposed
upon
the
clerk
of
the
district
court
when
29
the
court
orders
a
person
committed
to
the
custody,
care,
and
30
supervision
of
the
judicial
district
department
of
correctional
31
services.
32
DIVISION
II.
The
Code
sections
in
this
division
are
amended
33
by
numbering,
renumbering,
designating,
or
redesignating
34
provisions
within
volume
VI
of
the
Code,
and
by
changing
35
-162-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
162/
163
H.F.
_____
textual
references
as
necessary.
The
purposes
of
the
Code
1
changes
are
to
conform
the
Code
provisions
to
existing
2
Code
section
hierarchy,
to
eliminate
unanchored
unnumbered
3
paragraphs
within
the
Code
sections,
and
to
facilitate
citation
4
to
those
Code
provisions.
5
DIVISION
III.
This
division
contains
corrections
to
6
internal
references
to
Code
sections
that
are
numbered,
7
renumbered,
designated,
or
redesignated
in
divisions
I
and
II
8
of
this
bill.
9
DIVISION
IV.
This
division
contains
a
series
of
Code
editor
10
directives.
The
first
10
directives
conform
terminology
11
referencing
the
internet
and
the
world
wide
web
in
numerous
12
Code
sections
to
defined
terms
in
Code
section
4.1,
subsections
13
9B
and
9C,
by
replacing
the
terms
“website”,
“websites”,
14
“webpage”,
“web
page”,
and
“web-based”
with
the
terms
“internet
15
site”,
“internet
sites”,
and
“internet-based”.
16
The
eleventh
and
last
directive
requires
the
Code
editor
to
17
place
a
formerly
reserved
provision,
Code
section
15.410,
to
18
a
position
within
part
23
of
Code
chapter
15
to
coincide
with
19
the
moving
of
definitions
relating
to
that
part
23
from
Code
20
section
15.411
to
Code
section
15.410.
21
-163-
LSB
1949HC
(1)
85
lh/rj
163/
163